HELLER FUNDING CORP
424B4, 1999-12-09
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: CAMBRIDGE ENERGY CORP, 10QSB, 1999-12-09
Next: MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER FUND OF FUNDS, 497, 1999-12-09



<PAGE>
                                                  This prospectus relates to the
                                            Registration Statement No. 333-83111
                                        and is filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4).

                HELLER EQUIPMENT ASSET RECEIVABLES TRUST 1999-2

                     RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1999-2

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>
HELLER FUNDING CORPORATION,     HELLER FINANCIAL, INC.,
     as trust depositor                as servicer
</TABLE>

                            ------------------------

    We are offering the following six classes of Receivable-Backed Notes,
Series 1999-2:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         INITIAL
CLASS   AGGREGATE                  FIRST      STATED     PRICE TO     UNDERWRITING
 OF     PRINCIPAL      COUPON     PAYMENT    MATURITY   PUBLIC PER    DISCOUNT PER
NOTES     AMOUNT        RATE        DATE       DATE        NOTE           NOTE
- -----  ------------   ---------   --------   --------   -----------   ------------
<S>    <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
A-1    $ 93,400,101   6.12905%     1/14/00    1/06/01   100.00000%       0.100%
A-2    $ 77,498,323   6.50000%     1/14/00    4/14/02    99.99119%       0.150%
A-3    $105,463,520   6.65000%     1/14/00    3/14/04    99.99603%       0.200%
A-4    $ 67,262,695   6.79000%     1/14/00    3/14/07    99.98712%       0.243%
B      $  4,569,477   6.88000%     1/14/00   11/14/07    99.99899%       0.250%
C      $  4,569,477   7.02000%     1/14/00    1/14/08    99.98955%       0.300%
</TABLE>

    The total price to the public is $352,743,395. The total underwriting
discount is $609,155. The total proceeds to the trust is $352,134,239.

           YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH UNDER
                 "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 11 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

    THE NOTES ARE NOT OBLIGATIONS OF AND WILL NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN, AND
ARE NOT GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY, THE TRUST DEPOSITOR, THE OWNER TRUSTEE, HELLER
FINANCIAL, INC. OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL
AGENCY.

                            ------------------------

    NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED THAT
THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                            ------------------------

FIRST UNION SECURITIES, INC.

              CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON

                            MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER

                THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS DECEMBER 8, 1999.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PAGE
                                        --------
<S>                                     <C>
Important Notice about Information
  Presented in this Prospectus........    iii

Summary...............................      2

Risk Factors..........................     11

The Absence of an Existing Market for
  the Notes May Limit Your Ability to
  Resell the Notes....................     11

Prepayments on the Contracts May Cause
  an Earlier Repayment of the Notes
  than You Expect and You May Not Be
  Able to Find Investments with the
  Same Yield as the Notes at the Time
  of the Repayment....................     11

The Price at which You Can Resell Your
  Notes May Decrease if the Ratings of
  Your Notes Change...................     11

The Subordination of the Class A-2
  Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4
  Notes, Class B Notes, the Class C
  Notes, the Class D Notes and the
  Class E Notes is a Limited Form of
  Credit Enhancement..................     11

Limited Assets Secure the Notes;
  Noteholders Will Have No Recourse to
  the Originators, Servicer or their
  Affiliates in the Event
  Delinquencies and Losses Deplete the
  Trust's Assets......................     12

Because Disproportionate Amounts of
  Contracts Relate to Three States,
  Adverse Events in Those States and
  Surrounding Regions May Cause
  Increased Defaults and
  Delinquencies.......................     12

Because Disproportionate Amounts of
  Contracts Relate to Particular
  Industries, Adverse Economic
  Conditions in Those Industries May
  Cause Increased Defaults and
  Delinquencies.......................     12

Because Disproportionate Amounts of
  Contracts Relate to Groups of
  Obligors, Including Obligors under
  Contracts Originated by the Same
  Vendor, Adverse Economic Events for
  those Groups or Vendors May Cause
  Increased Defaults and
  Delinquencies.......................     13
</TABLE>

<TABLE>

The Rate at which Equipment or
  Software Becomes Obsolete Affects
  the Prepayment Rate of the Contracts
  and the Notes.......................     13
<CAPTION>
                                          PAGE
                                        --------
<S>                                     <C>

Even if We Repossess and Sell the
  Equipment Relating to a Contract
  After an Obligor Defaults,
  Shortfalls in Amounts Available to
  Pay the Notes May Occur if the
  Market Value of the Equipment Has
  Declined............................     13

The Servicer's or a Vendor's Retention
  of Contract Files May Hinder Our
  Ability to Realize the Value of
  Equipment Securing the Contracts....     14

Failure to Record Assignment of
  Perfected Security Interest May
  Hinder Our Ability to Realize the
  Value of Equipment Securing the
  Contracts...........................     14

Repurchase Obligation of Trust
  Depositor and Originators Provides
  You Only Limited Protection Against
  Prior Liens on the Contracts........     14

If a Bankruptcy Court Rules that the
  Transfer of Contracts from a Vendor
  to an Originator was not a True Sale
  then Payments on the Contracts May
  be Reduced or Delayed...............     15

If a Bankruptcy Court Rules that the
  Transfer of Contracts from an
  Originator to the Trust Depositor
  was not a True Sale then Payments on
  the Contracts Could be Reduced or
  Delayed.............................     15

Insolvency of the Trust Depositor or
  the Trust Could Delay or Reduce
  Payments to You.....................     16

Insolvency of the Vendors Could Delay
  or Reduce Payments to You...........     16

The Retention of a Residual Interest
  by a Vendor May Increase the Risk of
  Rejection of the Related Contract if
  that Vendor Becomes Bankrupt........     16
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PAGE
                                        --------
<S>                                     <C>
Proceeds From Required Sale of the
  Contracts Following Trust Depositor
  Bankruptcy May Not Be Sufficient to
  Repay the Notes in Full.............     16

End-User Bankruptcy May Reduce or
  Delay Collections on the
  Contracts...........................     17

Contracts Relating to Software or
  Related Support and Consulting
  Services are not Secured by the
  Software or Related Services........     17

Transfer of Servicing May Delay
  Payments to You Due to Contract
  Processing Delays...................     17

Year 2000 Issues May Impact Heller
  Financial's Ability to Service the
  Contracts...........................     17

Use of Proceeds.......................     18

Calculation of Discounted Contract
  Balance.............................     19

Composition of the Contracts..........     20

Distribution of Contracts by Contract
  Type................................     21

Distribution of Contracts by State in
  Which Obligors Are Located..........     22

Distribution of Contracts by Equipment
  Type................................     23

Distribution of Contracts by Obligor
  Industry............................     24

Distribution of Contracts by Original
  Gross Contract Balance..............     25

Distribution of Contracts by Remaining
  Discounted Contract Balance.........     26

Distribution of Contracts by Original
  Contract Term.......................     27

Distribution of Contracts by Remaining
  Months to Stated Maturity...........     27

Delinquency and Loss Information......     27

Definition of Delinquency for the
  Contracts Transferred to the
  Trust...............................     29

The Contracts.........................     30

Prepayment and Yield Considerations...     37

Weighted Average Life.................     55

Heller Financial, Inc. and Heller
  Financial Leasing, Inc..............     58
</TABLE>

<TABLE>

The Trust.............................     64
<CAPTION>
                                          PAGE
                                        --------
<S>                                     <C>

The Trust Depositor...................     65

Description of the Notes and
  Indenture...........................     66

  General.............................     66

  Interest and Principal..............     66

  Amounts Available for Payments on
    the Notes.........................     67

  Allocations.........................     68

  Reserve Fund........................     75

  Collection Account and Collection
    Period............................     76

  Events of Default...................     78

  Events of Default; Remedies.........     79

  The Indenture Trustee...............     79

  Governing Law.......................     80

  Amendments..........................     80

  Servicing Compensation and Payment
    of Expenses.......................     81

  Optional Termination................     82

  Reports.............................     82

  List of Noteholders.................     83

  Administration Agreement............     83

  Book-Entry Registration.............     83

  Issuance of Certificated Notes at a
    Later Date........................     87

The Class D Notes, Class E Notes and
  the Certificate.....................     87

The Sale and Servicing Agreement......     88

  Termination of Trust................     88

  Conveyance of the Contracts.........     88

  Representations and Warranties;
    Definition of Eligible Contract...     89

  Remedies for Breaches of
    Representations and Warranties;
    Definition of Ineligible
    Contract..........................     92

  Concentration Amounts; Definition of
    Excess Contract...................     92

  Material Modifications to
    Contracts.........................     93

  Substitute Contracts................     94

  Definition of Defaulted Contracts...     94
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PAGE
                                        --------
<S>                                     <C>
  Indemnification.....................     95

  Servicing Standard and Servicer
    Advances..........................     95

  Servicer Resignation................     95

  Servicer Default....................     96

  Evidence as to Compliance...........     97

  Amendments..........................     98

  The Owner Trustee...................     98
</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Federal Income Tax Consequences.......    100
<CAPTION>
                                          PAGE
                                        --------
<S>                                     <C>

ERISA Considerations..................    105

Plan of Distribution..................    107

Rating of the Notes...................    109

Legal Matters.........................    109

Experts...............................    109

Index of Terms........................    112
</TABLE>

                            ------------------------

        IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS

    Within the period during which there is an obligation to deliver a
prospectus, the underwriters will, at your request, promptly deliver to you, or
cause to be delivered to you, without charge, a paper copy of this prospectus.

    No dealer, salesman or other person is authorized to give any information or
to make any representation not contained in this prospectus. If anyone makes
such a representation to you, you should not rely on it.

    This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of
any offer to buy any security other than the notes offered by this prospectus,
nor does it constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy
any of the notes to any person in any jurisdiction in which the person making
such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is
unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation to such person.

                                      iii
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY

    The following is only a summary of the terms of the notes. It does not
contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read this
entire prospectus. In addition, you may wish to read the documents governing the
sale of the contracts, the formation of the trust and the issuance of notes.
Those documents have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of
which this prospectus is a part.

    There are material risks associated with an investment in the notes. See
"RISK FACTORS" on page 11 for a discussion of factors you should consider before
making an investment in the notes.

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
The Trust.................................  Heller Equipment Asset Receivables Trust 1999-2. The
                                            trust's principal offices will be in care of Wilmington
                                            Trust Company, as owner trustee, at Rodney Square North,
                                            1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890,
                                            telephone number (302) 651-1000.

The Originators...........................  Heller Financial, Inc. and Heller Financial Leasing,
                                            Inc.

The Trust Depositor.......................  Heller Funding Corporation. The trust depositor is a
                                            wholly owned, limited purpose subsidiary of Heller
                                            Financial, Inc. The trust depositor's principal
                                            executive offices are located at 500 West Monroe Street,
                                            Chicago, Illinois 60661, telephone (312) 441-7246.

The Servicer..............................  Heller Financial, Inc., with Heller Financial Leasing,
                                            Inc. acting as a sub-servicer.

The Indenture Trustee.....................  Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association

The Trust's Assets

  A.  The Contracts.......................  The trust's assets will primarily consist of the
                                            contracts.

                                            The contracts consist of:

                                            -  conditional sale agreements

                                            -  leases

                                            -  secured promissory notes

                                            -  installment payment agreements

                                            -  financing agreements

                                            Most of the contracts are end-user contracts. End-user
                                            contracts relate to the financing by end-users of
                                            equipment or software and related support and consulting
                                            services. The obligors on the end-user contracts are the
                                            actual end-users. The other contracts are limited
                                            recourse loans to equipment manufacturers, dealers or
                                            distributors or to computer software distributors, all
                                            of which are secured by one or more end-user contracts.
                                            We refer to these other contracts as vendor loans.

                                            The contracts have been originated or purchased by
                                            Heller Financial, Inc., Heller Financial Leasing, Inc.
                                            or vendors of equipment or software. If a vendor
                                            originated a contract, the vendor assigned the contract
                                            to Heller Financial, Inc. or Heller Financial Leasing,
                                            Inc. Heller Financial, Inc. and Heller Financial
                                            Leasing, Inc. have sold the contracts to the trust
</TABLE>

                                       2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            depositor. On or about December 14, 1999, the trust
                                            depositor will transfer the contracts and security
                                            interests in the related equipment to the trust. The
                                            contracts have been selected based on criteria specified
                                            in the sale and servicing agreement.

                                            Frequently, information about the contracts is expressed
                                            in terms of the discounted contract balance. The
                                            discounted contract balance of a contract is the present
                                            value of scheduled payments to be paid on the contract
                                            calculated at a discount rate of 7.115%. For a more
                                            specific description of how the discounted contract
                                            balance is calculated see "DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE".
                                            Where noted in this prospectus, we used a statistical
                                            discount rate of 7.162% to calculate the discounted
                                            contract balances of the contracts. The statistical
                                            discount rate is based on an average of the estimated
                                            interest rates of the notes weighted by the estimated
                                            initial average life and initial principal amounts of
                                            the notes.

                                            None of the obligors on the contracts are located
                                            outside of the United States and its territories. No
                                            more than 22.36% (calculated using the statistical
                                            discount rate) of the aggregate discounted contract
                                            balance of the contracts relates to obligors located in
                                            the same state. All of the contracts are commercial
                                            contracts and, as of the date of this prospectus, no
                                            contract has any delinquent scheduled payments. We
                                            consider a scheduled payment to be delinquent if:

                                            -  it is more than 60 days delinquent; and

                                            -  the delinquent amount is more than the greater of the
                                               following:

                                                (A)  $10 or

                                                (B)  10% of the scheduled payment.

                                            See "THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT--REPRESENTATIONS
                                            AND WARRANTIES; DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE CONTRACT" and
                                            "THE CONTRACTS POOL".

                                            As of December 1, 1999, the contracts had the following
                                            characteristics calculated using the statistical
                                            discount rate:
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                             <S>                                        <C>
                                             Number of contracts......................                 1,140
                                             Aggregate discounted contract balance....          $365,211,014
                                             Average discounted contract balance of a
                                               contract...............................              $320,361
                                             Weighted average original term to
                                               maturity...............................          61.23 months
                                             Range....................................         12-107 months
                                             Weighted average remaining term to
                                               maturity...............................          50.61 months
                                             Range....................................           1-93 months
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            Changes in characteristics of the contracts between
                                            December 1, 1999 and the closing date will not affect
                                            more than 5.00% of the aggregate discounted contract
                                            balance of the contracts.
</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            For further information regarding the contracts, see
                                            "THE CONTRACTS POOL" and "THE CONTRACTS," as well as
                                            "THE SALE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT--REPRESENTATIONS AND
                                            WARRANTIES; DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE CONTRACT" and
                                            "--CONCENTRATION AMOUNTS; DEFINITION OF EXCESS
                                            CONTRACT".

                                            We may replace a contract that is part of the trust's
                                            assets with a substitute contract:

                                            -  if we subsequently determine that a contract was not
                                               eligible to be sold to the trust at the time of its
                                               sale to the trust;

                                            -  if we did not remove and replace that contract, the
                                            obligor or equipment concentrations of contracts would
                                               exceed the limits described in "THE SALE AND
                                               SERVICING AGREEMENT--CONCENTRATION AMOUNTS;
                                               DEFINITION OF EXCESS CONTRACTS;" or

                                            -  if such contract is prepaid.

                                            See "THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT--SUBSTITUTE
                                            CONTRACTS". The substitute contracts will have been
                                            originated under the same credit criteria and policies
                                            as the contracts they replace.

  B.  Reserve Fund........................  On the closing date of the transfer of the contracts to
                                            the trust, the trust depositor will establish a reserve
                                            fund in the name of the indenture trustee. The reserve
                                            fund provides you with limited protection in the event
                                            collections from obligors on the contracts are
                                            insufficient to make payments on the notes. We cannot
                                            assure you, however, that this protection will be
                                            adequate to prevent shortfalls in amounts available to
                                            make payment on the notes. The initial balance of the
                                            reserve fund will be equal to 0.10% of the initial
                                            aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts,
                                            approximately $365,211. If, on any payment date, the
                                            amounts available for distribution exceed the amounts
                                            needed to pay amounts owed to the servicer and to pay
                                            interest and principal on the notes, the excess will be
                                            deposited into the reserve fund. However, the amount
                                            deposited in the reserve fund shall not exceed the
                                            amount needed to increase the reserve fund balance to an
                                            amount equal to 0.70% of the aggregate outstanding
                                            principal amount of the notes as of the last day of the
                                            immediately preceding completed collection period.
                                            Investment earnings on amounts held in the reserve fund
                                            will be available for distribution to you.

                                            If on any payment date, collections on the contracts are
                                            less than the amount needed to pay interest on the
                                            notes, the indenture trustee will withdraw funds from
                                            the reserve fund to pay the interest. Additionally, if
                                            collections on the contracts are sufficient to pay
                                            interest but not principal on the notes, we will
                                            withdraw any amounts in excess of 0.70% of the aggregate
                                            outstanding principal amount of the notes. The
                                            conditions under which we will withdraw amounts from the
                                            reserve fund are more specifically described in the
                                            "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE--ALLOCATIONS"
                                            and "--RESERVE FUND".
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Securities Not Offered by this
  Prospectus..............................  We will also issue $7,311,163 aggregate principal amount
                                            of Class D 7.41% Receivable-Backed Notes,
                                            Series 1999-2, $3,655,581 aggregate principal amount of
                                            Class E 9.53% Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1999-2
                                            and a certificate with a $1,827,789 certificate balance,
                                            none of which are offered by this prospectus.

Terms of the Notes........................  The basic terms of the notes will be as described below.
                                            See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE". We will
                                            pay principal and interest due on the notes using:

                                            -  collections of payments due under the contracts held
                                            by the trust;

                                            -  earnings on amounts held in the collection account;

                                            -  late charges relating to a contract if the late
                                            charges were included in the contract's terms as of the
                                               date the contract was purchased by the trust;

                                            -  amounts earned on funds held in the reserve fund;

                                            -  amounts received upon the prepayment or purchase of
                                               contracts or liquidation of the contracts and
                                               disposition of the related equipment upon defaults
                                               under the contracts;

                                            -  amounts received from vendor recourse, if any; and

                                            -  amounts in the reserve fund more specifically
                                            described in "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES AND
                                               INDENTURE--RESERVE FUND".

                                            See "AMOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES".

                                            You may purchase the offered notes in minimum
                                            denominations of $1,000, and in integral multiples of
                                            $1,000 in excess of the minimum denominations. We will
                                            offer the offered notes only in book-entry form.

  A.  Events of Default...................  Events of default with respect to the notes include:

                                            -  failure to pay accrued interest on any payment date,

                                            -  failure to pay outstanding principal on a maturity
                                            date,

                                            -  breach of representations and warranties with respect
                                            to the contracts which are materially incorrect and
                                               which have a material adverse effect on the
                                               noteholders and

                                            -  the occurrence of insolvency events with respect to
                                            the originators, the trust depositor, the trust or the
                                               servicer.

                                            See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE--EVENTS OF
                                            DEFAULT".

  B.  Interest............................  On a payment date, we will first repay any outstanding
                                            servicer advances. Second, we will pay the servicer's
                                            monthly servicing fee, but only if the servicer is not
                                            Heller Financial, Inc. or one of its affiliates. Third,
                                            we will pay interest on the
</TABLE>

                                       5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            notes at the rates specified on the cover of this
                                            prospectus in the following order:
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             <C>                    <S>
                                                                     SECURITIES RECEIVING INTEREST PAYMENT
                                                CLASS OF NOTES              PRIOR TO SPECIFIED CLASS
                                             ---------------------  ----------------------------------------
                                                   A-1, A-2,
                                                   A-3, A-4         None
                                                       B            Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes,
                                                                    Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes
                                                       C            Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes,
                                                                    Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes,
                                                                    Class B Notes
                                                       D            Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes,
                                                                    Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes,
                                                                    Class B Notes, Class C Notes
                                                       E            Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes,
                                                                    Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes,
                                                                    Class B Notes, Class C Notes, Class D
                                                                    Notes
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND
                                            INDENTURE--ALLOCATIONS".

                                            We will calculate interest on the Class A-1 Notes on the
                                            basis of actual days elapsed over a year of 360 days. We
                                            will calculate interest on all other notes on the basis
                                            of a year of 360 days consisting of twelve 30 day
                                            months.

C.  Principal.............................  On a payment date, after we pay interest on the notes,
                                            we will pay principal on the notes in the following
                                            order:
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             <C>                    <S>
                                                                     SECURITIES RECEIVING PRINCIPAL PAYMENT
                                                CLASS OF NOTES              PRIOR TO SPECIFIED CLASS
                                             ---------------------  ----------------------------------------
                                                      A-1           None
                                                      A-2           Class A-1 Notes

                                                                    Class B Notes, Class C Notes, Class D
                                                                    Notes and Class E Notes will receive
                                                                    principal payments prior to Class A-2
                                                                    Notes on any payment date on which the
                                                                    outstanding principal amount of the
                                                                    Class A-1 Notes is greater than $0
                                                      A-3           Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes

                                                                    Class B Notes, Class C Notes, Class D
                                                                    Notes and Class  E Notes will receive
                                                                    principal payments prior to Class A-3
                                                                    Notes on any payment date on which the
                                                                    outstanding principal amount of the
                                                                    Class A-2 Notes is greater than $0
</TABLE>

                                       6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             <C>                    <S>
                                                                     SECURITIES RECEIVING PRINCIPAL PAYMENT
                                                CLASS OF NOTES              PRIOR TO SPECIFIED CLASS
                                             ---------------------  ----------------------------------------
                                                      A-4           Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes,
                                                                    Class A-3 Notes

                                                                    Class B Notes, Class C Notes, Class D
                                                                    Notes and Class E Notes will receive
                                                                    principal payments prior to Class A-4
                                                                    Notes on any payment date on which the
                                                                    outstanding principal amount of the
                                                                    Class A-3 Notes is greater than $0
                                                       B            Class A-1 Notes

                                                                    Class A-2 Notes will receive principal
                                                                    payments prior to the Class B Notes
                                                                    after the outstanding principal amount
                                                                    of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to $0

                                                                    Class A-3 Notes will receive principal
                                                                    payments prior to the Class B Notes
                                                                    after the outstanding principal amount
                                                                    of the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2
                                                                    Notes is reduced to $0

                                                                    Class A-4 Notes will receive principal
                                                                    payments prior to the Class B Notes
                                                                    after the outstanding principal amount
                                                                    of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes
                                                                    and Class A-3 Notes is reduced to $0
                                                       C            Class A-1 Notes, Class B Notes

                                                                    Class A-2 Notes will receive principal
                                                                    payments prior to the Class C Notes
                                                                    after the outstanding principal amount
                                                                    of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to $0

                                                                    Class A-3 Notes will receive principal
                                                                    payments prior to the Class C Notes
                                                                    after the outstanding principal amount
                                                                    of the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2
                                                                    Notes is reduced to $0

                                                                    Class A-4 Notes will receive principal
                                                                    payments prior to the Class C Notes
                                                                    after the outstanding principal amount
                                                                    of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes
                                                                    and Class A-3 Notes is reduced to $0
</TABLE>

                                       7
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             <C>                    <S>
                                                                     SECURITIES RECEIVING PRINCIPAL PAYMENT
                                                CLASS OF NOTES              PRIOR TO SPECIFIED CLASS
                                             ---------------------  ----------------------------------------
                                                       D            Class A-1 Notes, Class B Notes, Class C
                                                                    Notes

                                                                    Class A-2 Notes will receive principal
                                                                    payments prior to the Class D Notes
                                                                    after the outstanding principal amount
                                                                    of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to $0

                                                                    Class A-3 Notes will receive principal
                                                                    payments prior to the Class D Notes
                                                                    after the outstanding principal amount
                                                                    of the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2
                                                                    Notes is reduced to $0

                                                                    Class A-4 Notes will receive principal
                                                                    payments prior to the Class D Notes
                                                                    after the outstanding principal amount
                                                                    of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes
                                                                    and Class A-3 Notes is reduced to $0
                                                       E            Class A-1 Notes, Class B Notes, Class C
                                                                    Notes, Class D Notes

                                                                    Class A-2 Notes will receive principal
                                                                    payments prior to the Class E Notes
                                                                    after the outstanding principal amount
                                                                    of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to $0

                                                                    Class A-3 Notes will receive principal
                                                                    payments prior to the Class E Notes
                                                                    after the outstanding principal amount
                                                                    of the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2
                                                                    Notes is reduced to $0

                                                                    Class A-4 Notes will receive principal
                                                                    payments prior to the Class E Notes
                                                                    after the outstanding principal amount
                                                                    of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes
                                                                    and Class A-3 Notes is reduced to $0
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND
                                            INDENTURE--ALLOCATIONS".

                                            For the purposes of principal allocation described
                                            below, the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3
                                            Notes and Class A-4 Notes are considered as one class of
                                            notes and are referred to as Class A Notes. The amount
                                            of principal paid on any class of notes will be the
                                            amount necessary to reduce the outstanding principal of
                                            that class of notes to the greater of:

                                            (1)  a specified percentage of the aggregate discounted
                                                 contract balance of the contracts as of the last
                                                 day of the most recent full collection period or

                                            (2)  an amount which is intended to maintain a credit
                                                 enhancement equal to a specified dollar amount of
                                                 credit enhancement provided by the classes of notes
</TABLE>

                                       8
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                                 subordinate to such class and the certificate after
                                                 taking into account cumulative losses on the
                                                 contracts.

                                            The percentage used in clause (1) is the ratio of the
                                            initial principal amount of such class of notes to the
                                            initial aggregate discounted contract balance of the
                                            contracts.

                                            Following an event of default, we will not make
                                            principal payments in the order described above.
                                            Instead, we will pay principal on the notes in the
                                            following order:

                                            -  outstanding principal of Class A-1 Notes

                                            -  Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes
                                               (pro rata)

                                            -  outstanding principal of Class B Notes

                                            -  outstanding principal of Class C Notes

                                            -  outstanding principal of Class D Notes

                                            -  outstanding principal of Class E Notes

                                            See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND
                                            INDENTURE--ALLOCATIONS" and "--EVENTS OF DEFAULT".

  D.  Payment Dates.......................  You will receive distributions of interest and principal
                                            on the fourteenth day of each month, or if that day is
                                            not a business day, the next business day.

  E.  Stated Maturity Date................  The notes will mature on the date shown on the cover of
                                            this prospectus, except that if the day is not a
                                            business day, then the stated maturity date will be the
                                            next business day.

  F.  Optional Redemption.................  If the aggregate discounted contract balance of the
                                            contracts at the time is less than 10% of the initial
                                            aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts
                                            as of December 1, 1999, the trust depositor may redeem
                                            any outstanding notes. If the trust depositor does
                                            redeem any outstanding notes, the redemption price will
                                            be equal to the unpaid principal amount of the notes
                                            plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of
                                            redemption.

Servicing; Servicing Fee..................  The servicer will be responsible for servicing, managing
                                            and administering the contracts and related interests,
                                            and enforcing and making collections on the contracts.
                                            Additionally, the servicer and the sub-servicer have in
                                            some cases delegated servicing and collection functions
                                            on some contracts to the vendor who originated those
                                            contracts. In such instances, the servicer retains the
                                            right to determine or veto some servicing decisions
                                            and/or to replace or take over servicing and collection
                                            functions from the vendor. Although Heller Financial,
                                            Inc. may delegate its servicing duties, it remains
                                            liable for the performance or non-performance of those
                                            duties. See "THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT--SERVICING
                                            STANDARD AND SERVICER ADVANCES".
</TABLE>

                                       9
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            The servicer will be entitled to receive a monthly fee
                                            equal to the product of:

                                            (1)  one-twelfth of 0.40% and

                                            (2)  the aggregate discounted contract balance of the
                                                 contracts in the trust as of the second day of the
                                                 immediately preceding calendar month.

                                            The fee is payable out of amounts we receive on the
                                            contracts. The servicer will pay any servicing fees to
                                            be paid to any sub-servicers (including vendor
                                            sub-servicers) from the servicer's monthly servicing
                                            fee.

                                            The servicing fee is paid after making payments of
                                            interest and principal on the notes as long as Heller
                                            Financial, Inc. or any affiliate is the servicer.

                                            See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE--SERVICING
                                            COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES" and "THE SALE AND SERVICING
                                            AGREEMENT".

Federal Income Tax Considerations.........  In the opinion of Winston & Strawn, federal tax counsel
                                            to the trust depositor, for federal income tax purposes,
                                            the notes offered by this prospectus will be
                                            characterized as debt, and the trust will not be
                                            characterized as an association or a publicly traded
                                            partnership taxable as a corporation. You, by accepting
                                            a note, agree to treat the note as indebtedness. See
                                            "FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS".

ERISA Considerations......................  Subject to the considerations discussed under "ERISA
                                            CONSIDERATIONS", the notes will be eligible for purchase
                                            by some employee benefit plans. Any benefit plan
                                            fiduciary considering purchase of the notes should,
                                            however, consult with its counsel regarding the
                                            consequences of its purchase under ERISA and the
                                            Internal Revenue Code. See "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS".

Rating....................................  We will not issue the notes unless they receive ratings
                                            from the following rating agencies as set forth below:
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       MOODY'S      FITCH     DUFF & PHELPS
                                                                      INVESTORS     IBCA,         CREDIT
                                             CLASS OF NOTE             SERVICE      INC.        RATING CO.
                                             -------------            ---------   ---------   --------------
                                             <S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>
                                             A-1....................     P-1       F1+/AAA         D-1+
                                             A-2....................     Aaa           AAA          AAA
                                             A-3....................     Aaa           AAA          AAA
                                             A-4....................     Aaa           AAA          AAA
                                             B......................     Aa3            AA           AA
                                             C......................      A1             A            A
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or
                                            sell notes since a rating does not comment on market
                                            price or suitability for a particular investor. See
                                            "RATING OF THE NOTES".
Legal Investment..........................  The Class A-1 Notes will be eligible securities for
                                            purchase by money market funds under Rule 2a-7 under the
                                            Investment Company Act of 1940.
</TABLE>

                                       10
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

    You should carefully consider the following risk factors before you invest
in the notes.

THE ABSENCE OF AN EXISTING MARKET FOR THE NOTES MAY LIMIT YOUR ABILITY TO RESELL
  THE NOTES

    There is currently no public market for the notes and we cannot assure you
that one will develop. Thus, you may not be able to resell your notes at all, or
may be able to do so only at a substantial discount. The underwriters may assist
in resales of the notes but they are not obligated to do so. We do not intend to
apply for listing of the notes on any securities exchange or for the inclusion
of the notes on any automated quotation system. Even if a secondary market does
develop, it may not continue.

PREPAYMENTS ON THE CONTRACTS MAY CAUSE AN EARLIER REPAYMENT OF THE NOTES THAN
  YOU EXPECT AND YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO FIND INVESTMENTS WITH THE SAME YIELD AS
  THE NOTES AT THE TIME OF THE REPAYMENT.

    A higher than anticipated level of prepayments may cause us to pay principal
on the notes sooner than you expected. Similarly, upon the occurrence of an
event of default, you may also receive principal of the notes sooner than you
expected. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE--EVENTS OF DEFAULT" and
"PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATION". You may not be able to reinvest those
distributions of principal at yields equivalent to the yield on the notes;
therefore, the ultimate return you receive on your investment in the notes may
by less than the return you expected on the notes. The rate of early
terminations of contracts due to prepayments, including defaults, is influenced
by various factors including:

    - technological change;

    - changes in customer requirements;

    - the level of interest rates;

    - the level of casualty losses; and

    - the overall economic environment.

    We cannot assure you that prepayments on the contracts held by the trust
will conform to any historical experience. We cannot predict the actual rate of
prepayments which will be experienced on the contracts.

THE PRICE AT WHICH YOU CAN RESELL YOUR NOTES MAY DECREASE IF THE RATINGS OF YOUR
  NOTES CHANGE

    Moody's Investors Service, Fitch IBCA, Inc. and Duff & Phelps Credit Rating
Co. are the rating agencies rating the notes. At any time, a rating may be
lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency rating the notes. In the event
that the rating initially assigned to any note is subsequently lowered or
withdrawn for any reason, you may not be able to resell your notes without a
substantial discount. For more detailed information regarding the ratings
assigned to any class of the notes, see "RATING OF THE NOTES."

THE SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS A-2 NOTES, CLASS A-3 NOTES, CLASS A-4 NOTES,
  CLASS B NOTES, THE CLASS C NOTES, THE CLASS D NOTES AND THE CLASS E NOTES IS A
  LIMITED FORM OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

    We will pay interest and principal on some classes of notes prior to paying
interest and principal on other classes of notes. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
AND INDENTURE--ALLOCATIONS". The subordination of some classes of notes to
others means that the subordinated classes of notes are more likely to suffer
the consequences of delinquent payments and defaults on the contracts than the
notes which receive payments prior to those subordinated classes.

                                       11
<PAGE>
    The more senior classes of notes could lose the credit enhancement provided
by the more subordinate classes and the reserve fund if delinquencies and
defaults on the contracts increase and if the collections on the contracts and
amounts in the reserve fund are insufficient to pay even the more senior classes
of notes.

LIMITED ASSETS SECURE THE NOTES; NOTEHOLDERS WILL HAVE NO RECOURSE TO THE
  ORIGINATORS, SERVICER OR THEIR AFFILIATES IN THE EVENT DELINQUENCIES AND
  LOSSES DEPLETE THE TRUST'S ASSETS

    The trust is a limited purpose trust with limited assets. Moreover, you have
no recourse to the general credit of the servicer, originator or their
affiliates. Therefore, you must rely solely upon the contracts for payment of
principal and interest on the notes. If a contract is a vendor loan, you must
rely solely upon the end-user contracts securing the vendor loan. Most vendor
loans are non-recourse to the vendors. You are limited to recovering amounts due
under vendor loans solely from the end-user contracts and related security. If
payments on the contracts are delinquent or are insufficient to make payments on
the notes, no assets other than the reserve fund will be available to make
payments on the notes. Similarly, in the event that contracts become defaulted
contracts, the proceeds from the sale of the equipment securing the contracts
may be insufficient to make payments on the notes and no other assets will be
available for the payment of the deficiency. There can be no assurance that the
delinquency and loss experience of the contracts will be comparable to the
information set forth in "DELINQUENCY AND LOSS INFORMATION".

BECAUSE DISPROPORTIONATE AMOUNTS OF CONTRACTS RELATE TO THREE STATES, ADVERSE
  EVENTS IN THOSE STATES AND SURROUNDING REGIONS MAY CAUSE INCREASED DEFAULTS
  AND DELINQUENCIES

    If adverse events or economic conditions were particularly severe in the
geographic regions in which there is a substantial concentration of obligors,
the amount of delinquent payments and defaults on the contracts may increase. As
a result, the overall timing and amount of collections on the contracts held by
the trust may differ from what you may have expected, and you may experience
delays or reductions in payments you expected to receive. As of December 1,
1999, approximately 22.36% of the aggregate discounted contract balance
(calculated using the statistical discount rate) of the contracts held by the
trust related to obligors located in California, 11.02% in Illinois and 5.09% in
New York. No other state accounts for more than 5.00% of the contracts. The
contracts in those states represent 38.47% of the aggregate discounted contract
balance of the contracts held by the trust, calculated using the statistical
discount rate. An example of an adverse event specific to a geographic region is
the occurrence of a catastrophic earthquake in California. An earthquake in
California could have negative regional economic repercussions and potentially
cause obligors in that region to delay or reduce their payments on contracts.
Additionally, a substantial downturn in the financial services industry, which
is highly concentrated in the states of New York and New Jersey could reduce
revenues for obligors in those states and ultimately reduce the associated
obligors' ability to make timely payments on their related contracts.

BECAUSE DISPROPORTIONATE AMOUNTS OF CONTRACTS RELATE TO PARTICULAR INDUSTRIES,
  ADVERSE ECONOMIC CONDITIONS IN THOSE INDUSTRIES MAY CAUSE INCREASED DEFAULTS
  AND DELINQUENCIES

    If the industries in which there is a substantial concentration of obligors
experience adverse events or economic conditions, the overall timing and amount
of collections on the contracts held by the trust may differ from what you may
have expected. This could result in delays or reduced payments to you. As of
December 1, 1999, contracts constituting approximately 21.51% of the aggregate
discounted contract balance, calculated using the statistical discount rate, of
the contracts held by the trust relate to equipment used in the printing
industry, 13.74% relate to the business services, 10.34% relate to industrial
machinery, 7.44% relate to electronics. A reduction in the demand for materials
produced by the industries that utilize print materials, such as advertising and
print media, may consequently cause

                                       12
<PAGE>
an increase in delinquencies and defaults on contracts with obligors associated
with the printing industry. No other industry accounts for more than 5.00% of
the aggregate discounted contract balance calculated using the statistical
discount rate, of the contracts held by the trust.

BECAUSE DISPROPORTIONATE AMOUNTS OF CONTRACTS RELATE TO GROUPS OF OBLIGORS,
  INCLUDING OBLIGORS UNDER CONTRACTS ORIGINATED BY THE SAME VENDOR, ADVERSE
  ECONOMIC EVENTS FOR THOSE GROUPS OR VENDORS MAY CAUSE INCREASED DEFAULTS AND
  DELINQUENCIES

    Approximately 18.76% of the aggregate discounted contract balance,
calculated using the statistical discount rate of the contracts, was originated
by a single vendor. That vendor leases printing equipment. If the vendor
representing 18.76% of the aggregate discounted contract balance were to
experience financial difficulties, the obligors' payment performance with
respect to the related contracts may decline as the obligors may be less
inclined to make payments on contracts originated by a vendor who is suffering
financial difficulties. In effect, if any group of obligors, including obligors
under contracts originated by a single vendor, i.e., the printing equipment
vendors, were to experience financial difficulties, the amount of delinquent
payments and defaults on the contracts may increase. As a result, the overall
timing and amount of collections on the contracts held by the trust may differ
from what you may have expected, and you may experience delays or reductions in
payments you expected to receive. No other single vendor originated more than
6.00% of the aggregate discounted contract balance, calculated using the
statistical discount rate, of the contracts. We are not able to determine and
have no basis to predict whether any events have occurred or may occur, that
would cause a material increase in delinquencies and defaults on contracts
originated by an individual vendor or group of vendors. Similarly, we have no
basis to determine whether any economic conditions, laws or regulations exist or
will exist that would cause a material increase in delinquencies and defaults on
contracts originated by an individual vendor or group of vendors. There can be
no assurance that any adverse events or conditions which materially affect
contracts originated by an individual vendor or a group of vendors will not
occur. See also "--INEFFECTIVE SALE IN VENDOR BANKRUPTCY COULD DELAY OR REDUCE
PAYMENTS UNDER THE CONTRACTS".

THE RATE AT WHICH EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE BECOMES OBSOLETE AFFECTS THE PREPAYMENT
  RATE OF THE CONTRACTS AND THE NOTES

    Technological change could affect your investment in the notes. For example,
technological change may cause obligors to prepay their respective contracts in
order to acquire more current technology. Consequently, an increase in
prepayments on the contracts held by the trust would result in an increase in
the rate at which principal on the notes is paid. As a result, you may need to
reinvest your note principal in a market that offers only investments with lower
returns. See "PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS" and "THE CONTRACTS--END-USER
CONTRACTS".

EVEN IF WE REPOSSESS AND SELL THE EQUIPMENT RELATING TO A CONTRACT AFTER AN
  OBLIGOR DEFAULTS, SHORTFALLS IN AMOUNTS AVAILABLE TO PAY THE NOTES MAY OCCUR
  IF THE MARKET VALUE OF THE EQUIPMENT HAS DECLINED

    If a contract held by the trust becomes a defaulted contract, the only
sources of payment for amounts expected to be paid on that contract will be the
income and proceeds from the sale of any related equipment and a deficiency
judgment, if any, against the obligor under the defaulted contract as well as,
to the extent available, vendor recourse. See "THE SALE AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT--DEFINITION OF DEFAULTED CONTRACTS". Since the market value of the
equipment may decline faster than the discounted contract balance, the servicer
may not recover the entire amount due on the contract and might not receive any
recoveries on the equipment. The reserve fund and the subordination of interest
and principal payments on the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes are intended
to make up for

                                       13
<PAGE>
deficiencies in the proceeds and recoveries on the contracts. However, this
protection is limited and could be depleted if those deficiencies are larger
than we currently anticipate.

THE SERVICER'S OR A VENDOR'S RETENTION OF CONTRACT FILES MAY HINDER OUR ABILITY
  TO REALIZE THE VALUE OF EQUIPMENT SECURING THE CONTRACTS

    To facilitate servicing and reduce administrative costs, the servicer will
retain possession of the documents evidencing the contracts held by the trust.
Because the documents evidencing the contracts will remain in the servicer's
possession, if a subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession of
the documents without knowledge of their assignment, that purchaser could have a
security interest in the contracts senior to our security interest. In the event
that we must rely upon repossession and sale of the related equipment securing
defaulted contracts to recover principal and interest due on the defaulted
contracts, our ability to realize upon the equipment may be limited due to the
existence of a third party's senior security interest in those contracts. In
such event, distributions to you could be delayed or reduced. Similarly, with
respect to contracts securing vendor loans, in some instances the vendor will
retain the original documents associated with those contracts. Uniform
Commercial Code financing statements are filed reflecting the pledge of those
contracts to the applicable originator as security for the vendor loans.
However, the related documents will remain in the vendor's possession. If a
subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession of the related
documents without knowledge of the pledge to the originator, our priority
security interest in those contracts could be defeated. In such event,
distributions to you could be delayed or reduced.

FAILURE TO RECORD ASSIGNMENT OF PERFECTED SECURITY INTEREST MAY HINDER OUR
  ABILITY TO REALIZE THE VALUE OF EQUIPMENT SECURING THE CONTRACTS

    In connection with the conveyance of the contracts to the trust, security
interests in the equipment securing the contracts have been assigned by the
originators to the trust depositor and will be assigned by the trust depositor
to the trust. Due to the administrative burden and expense associated with
amending and paying the filing fee for the assignment of approximately 1,140
Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in 50 states where equipment is
located, we will not file any assignments of the Uniform Commercial Code
financing statements evidencing the assignment of the security interests in the
equipment to the trust depositor, the trust or the indenture trustee. Because
neither the trust depositor's, trust's, owner trustee or indenture trustee's
name appears on the UCC financing statements, an originator or the servicer
could inadvertently release the security interest in the equipment securing a
contract. In such event, we would not have a perfected security interest in the
equipment. Without a perfected security interest, we may not be able to fully
realize the value of the equipment if the related contract becomes a defaulted
contract. Failure to file the assignments does not affect either the trust's
perfected security interest in the contracts or the indenture trustee's
perfected security interest in the contracts assigned to it by the trust. It has
been the general policy of the originators to file or cause to be filed Uniform
Commercial Code financing statements with respect to the equipment relating to
the contracts.

REPURCHASE OBLIGATION OF TRUST DEPOSITOR AND ORIGINATORS PROVIDES YOU ONLY
  LIMITED PROTECTION AGAINST PRIOR LIENS ON THE CONTRACTS

    Federal or state law may grant liens on a contract that have priority over
the trust's interest. To the extent a lien having priority over the trust's lien
exists with respect to a contract and/or the related equipment, the trust's
interest in the asset will be subordinate to such prior lien. In the event the
creditor associated with such prior lien exercises its remedies on its security
interest it is unlikely that, after the senior creditor is repaid, sufficient
cash proceeds from the contract and related equipment will be available to pay
the discounted contract balance to the trust. An example of a lien arising under
federal or state law is a tax or other government lien on property of the
originator or the trust

                                       14
<PAGE>
depositor arising prior to the time a contract is conveyed to the trust. The tax
lien has priority over the interest of the trust in the contract.

    The vendors have warranted to the originators that the contracts transferred
to the originators are free and clear of the lien of any third party.
Additionally, the vendors have agreed not to sell, pledge, assign, transfer or
grant any lien on any contract transferred to the originators. Under the sale
and servicing agreement, the originators will jointly and severally warrant to
the trust that the contracts transferred thereunder will be transferred free and
clear of the lien of any third party. The originators and the trust depositor
also will jointly and severally warrant to the trust that they will not sell,
pledge, assign, transfer or grant any lien on the contracts. In the event that
such warranties are not true with respect to any contract, the trust depositor
and the originators are required under the sale and servicing agreement to
repurchase the contract. There can be no assurance that the trust depositor or
originators will be able to repurchase a contract at the time we request it.

IF A BANKRUPTCY COURT RULES THAT THE TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS FROM A VENDOR TO AN
  ORIGINATOR WAS NOT A TRUE SALE THEN PAYMENTS ON THE CONTRACTS MAY BE REDUCED
  OR DELAYED

    The originators have originated contracts or acquired contracts from a
vendor, which contracts have in either case been transferred to the trust
depositor. If a bankruptcy court decides that the acquisition of a contract by
an originator is not a sale of the contract from the vendor to the originator,
the contract would be part of the vendor's bankruptcy estate. Accordingly, the
contract would be available to the vendor's creditors. In that case, the trust
would likely receive less than the scheduled payments on the contracts and
distributions to you could be delayed or reduced. In order to treat the transfer
of contracts to the trust as not being a true sale, the bankruptcy court would
recharacterize the transfer as a pledge of the contracts to secure borrowings by
the vendor. Additionally, if the transfer of contracts to an originator from a
vendor is recharacterized as a pledge, a tax or government lien on the property
of the pledging vendor arising before the contracts came into existence, then
the holders of such other interests may have priority over such originator's,
and hence the trust depositor's, the trust's and the indenture trustee's,
interest in the contracts.

IF A BANKRUPTCY COURT RULES THAT THE TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS FROM AN ORIGINATOR TO
  THE TRUST DEPOSITOR WAS NOT A TRUE SALE THEN PAYMENTS ON THE CONTRACTS COULD
  BE REDUCED OR DELAYED

    If an originator became a debtor in a bankruptcy case and creditors of the
originator, or the originator acting as a debtor-in-possession, were to assert
that the transfer of the contracts from an originator to the trust depositor was
ineffective to remove such contracts from the originator's estate, the
distribution of proceeds of the contracts to the trust might be subject to the
automatic stay provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code. This would delay
the distribution of those proceeds for an uncertain period of time. Furthermore,
if the bankruptcy court rules in favor of the creditor or originator, reductions
in payments under the contracts to the trust could occur. In either case,
distributions to you then could be delayed or reduced. In addition, a bankruptcy
trustee would have the power to sell the contracts if the proceeds of the sale
could satisfy the amount of the debt deemed owed by the originator. The
bankruptcy trustee could also substitute other collateral in lieu of the
contracts to secure the debt. Additionally, the bankruptcy court could adjust
the debt if the originator were to file for reorganization under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code. In the sale and servicing agreement, the originators will
jointly and severally warrant to the trust depositor that the conveyance of the
contracts to the trust depositor is a valid sale and transfer of the contracts
to the trust depositor. In addition, the originators and the trust depositor
have agreed that they will each treat the transactions described in this
prospectus as a sale of the contracts to the trust depositor. The originators
will take all actions that are required under applicable law to perfect the
trust depositor's ownership interest in the contracts sold by the originators
and the trust depositor's security interest in the contracts and the equipment,
if any, securing vendor loans sold by the originators.

                                       15
<PAGE>
INSOLVENCY OF THE TRUST DEPOSITOR OR THE TRUST COULD DELAY OR REDUCE PAYMENTS TO
  YOU

    If the trust depositor were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and
creditors of the trust depositor, or the trust depositor acting as a
debtor-in-possession, were to assert that the sale of the contracts to the trust
was ineffective to remove such contracts from the trust depositor's estate, then
delays in payments under the contracts to the trust could occur or, reductions
in the amount of payments under the contracts to the trust could result.
Distributions to you then could be delayed or reduced. The trust depositor will
warrant in the sale and servicing agreement that the conveyance of the contracts
to the trust is a valid sale of the contracts to the trust. The trust depositor
will also warrant that the security interest in the contracts granted by the
trust to the indenture trustee is a valid and duly perfected security interest.
The trust depositor will also agree to take all actions that are required under
applicable law to perfect the trust's and the indenture trustee's respective
interests in the contracts. In the event the trust depositor becomes subject to
insolvency proceedings, the trust, the trust's interest in the trust's assets
and the trust's obligation to make payments on the notes might also become
subject to the insolvency proceedings. We believe that the trust will be
considered bankruptcy remote from the originators. However, no law firm will
render an opinion to that effect.

INSOLVENCY OF THE VENDORS COULD DELAY OR REDUCE PAYMENTS TO YOU

    In the event a vendor under a vendor loan becomes subject to insolvency
proceedings, the end-user contracts and equipment securing the vendor loan as
well as the vendor's obligation to make payments would also become subject to
the insolvency proceedings. Moreover, under bankruptcy and insolvency laws the
servicer may have to write off vendor loans as uncollectible. In that event, we
may be forced to delay of distributions on the notes. We may pay less than the
full amount of payment of principal and interest due on the notes if collections
from the remaining unaffected contracts are insufficient to cover losses to the
trust. Additionally, your remedies under the indenture and the sale and
servicing agreement could be limited.

    Some assignments of end-user contracts by vendors provide that the
originator has recourse to the vendor for all or a portion of the losses the
originator may incur as a result of a default under those end-user contracts. In
the event of a vendor's bankruptcy, a bankruptcy trustee, a creditor or the
vendor as debtor-in-possession might attempt to characterize sales to an
originator through vendor assignments as loans to the vendor from the originator
secured by the end-user contracts. If such an attempt is successful, such
assignments from vendors would be subject to the risks described in this
prospectus for vendor loans. In such case, the contracts sold under such vendor
assignments would constitute security for loans to the related vendor.

THE RETENTION OF A RESIDUAL INTEREST BY A VENDOR MAY INCREASE THE RISK OF
  REJECTION OF THE RELATED CONTRACT IF THAT VENDOR BECOMES BANKRUPT

    Any end-user contract which is originated by a vendor for which the vendor
retains a residual interest in the equipment will be subject to rejection by
that vendor, as debtor-in-possession, or by that vendor's bankruptcy trustee.
Upon the vendor's rejection, scheduled payments under the rejected end-user
contract may terminate. You may suffer losses if the remaining unaffected
contracts, and security interests in the related equipment, are insufficient to
cover the losses.

PROCEEDS FROM REQUIRED SALE OF THE CONTRACTS FOLLOWING TRUST DEPOSITOR
  BANKRUPTCY MAY NOT BE SUFFICIENT TO REPAY THE NOTES IN FULL

    If the trust depositor is bankrupt or insolvent, then an event of default
would occur with respect to the notes. Under the indenture and the sale and
servicing agreement, and assuming the trust was not then a debtor in a
bankruptcy case, the indenture trustee would be required to sell the interests
in the contracts. If the sum of the proceeds of the sale of the contracts and
the proceeds of any collections on

                                       16
<PAGE>
the contracts is insufficient to pay you in full, then you may suffer losses on
your investment in the notes.

END-USER BANKRUPTCY MAY REDUCE OR DELAY COLLECTIONS ON THE CONTRACTS

    Bankruptcy and insolvency laws could affect your interests in contracts with
bankrupt end-user obligors if those laws result in any of the contracts being
written off as uncollectible or result in delay in payments due on any
contracts. As a result, you may be subject to delays in receiving payments, and
you may also suffer losses if collections from the remaining unaffected
contracts are insufficient to cover losses to the trust. State laws impose
requirements and restrictions relating to foreclosure sales and obtaining
deficiency judgments following foreclosure sales. In the event that you must
rely on repossession and disposition of equipment to recover amounts due on
defaulted contracts, the amounts due may not be realized due to these
requirements and restrictions. Factors that may affect whether you receive the
full amount due on a contract include the failure to file financing statements
to perfect the originator's, or trust's security interest in the equipment
securing the contract. The depreciation, obsolescence, damage or loss of any
item of equipment will also affect whether you receive the full amount due on a
contract.

CONTRACTS RELATING TO SOFTWARE OR RELATED SUPPORT AND CONSULTING SERVICES ARE
  NOT SECURED BY THE SOFTWARE OR RELATED SERVICES

    Some of the contracts held by the trust will relate to software or related
support and consulting services that are not owned by an originator. In these
cases, the vendor or a licensor traditionally owns the software, and the
software and related support and consulting services do not serve as collateral
for the contracts. Thus, we will not have an interest in such software or
related support and consulting services. In other words, we own solely the
associated contracts' cash flow. See "THE CONTRACTS". Accordingly, if any such
contract becomes a defaulted contract, we will not be able to foreclose on the
software or related support and consulting services. Because there will be no
proceeds from the software or related support and consulting services which
could be used to make payments to you, we must look solely to the obligor to
collect amounts due on the contract. There can be no assurance that the obligor
will be able to pay in full amounts due under the contract. The discounted
contract balance of the contracts to be transferred to the trust that relate to
software or relating support and consulting services, does not exceed 7.62% of
the aggregate discounted contract balance (calculated using the statistical
discount rate) of the contracts.

TRANSFER OF SERVICING MAY DELAY PAYMENTS TO YOU DUE TO CONTRACT PROCESSING
  DELAYS

    If Heller Financial, Inc. were to cease acting as servicer, delays in
processing payments on the contracts and information in respect thereof could
occur and result in delays in payments to you.

YEAR 2000 ISSUES MAY IMPACT HELLER FINANCIAL'S ABILITY TO SERVICE THE CONTRACTS

    If Heller Financial, Inc., as servicer, and Heller Financial Leasing, Inc.
as sub-servicer do not have computerized systems that are Year 2000 compliant by
the Year 2000, their ability to service the contracts may be materially and
adversely affected. Similarly, if the indenture trustee does not have
computerized systems that are Year 2000 compliant by the Year 2000, its ability
to make distributions to you may be materially and adversely affected. The "YEAR
2000" issue concerns the potential exposures related to the automated generation
of business and financial misinformation resulting from the application of
computer programs which have been written using two digits to identify a year in
the date field rather than four. These programs could fail or produce erroneous
results during the transition from the Year 1999 to the Year 2000.

                                       17
<PAGE>
    Although Heller Financial, Inc. has taken significant steps to address the
Year 2000 issue, Heller Financial, Inc. continues to bear some risk related to
the Year 2000 issue and could be materially adversely affected if its own
remediation and contingency planning efforts fall behind schedule or if other
entities not affiliated with it do not appropriately address their own Year 2000
compliance issues. These other entities include vendors and those providing
contingency plans or outsourced technology services such as mainframe and
application support, as well as borrowers and power companies. Due to this
uncertainty, Heller Financial, Inc. is unable to represent that there will be no
material adverse consequences related to the Year 2000 issue, however, it
believes that it is doing what is reasonably necessary to provide the expertise,
resources, assessments and corrective procedures for the Year 2000 issues which
could have a material adverse impact on its operations or financial condition.
See "HELLER FINANCIAL, INC. AND HELLER FINANCIAL LEASING, INC.--ASSESSMENT OF
YEAR 2000 ISSUES."

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    In consideration of the trust depositor's transfer of the contracts to the
trust, the trust will transfer the net proceeds from the sale of the notes to
the trust depositor. The trust depositor purchased the contracts from time to
time from the originators. The trust depositor previously sold undivided
variable percentage ownership interests in the contracts to various purchasers.
The trust depositor will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the notes to
the repurchase of those undivided variable percentage ownership interests.

                                       18
<PAGE>
                   CALCULATION OF DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE

    As used in this prospectus, the "DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE" of a contract
is,

    (1) as of the related cutoff date, the present value of all of the remaining
       scheduled payments becoming due under such contract after the applicable
       cutoff date discounted monthly at the discount rate, unless another rate
       is specifically mentioned, and

    (2) as of any other date of determination, the sum of:

       (A) the present value of all of the remaining scheduled payments becoming
           due under such contract after such date of determination discounted
           monthly at the discount rate, unless another rate is specifically
           mentioned, and

       (B) the aggregate amount of all scheduled payments due and payable under
           such contract after the applicable cutoff date and prior to such date
           of determination that have not then been received by the servicer.

    Excluded from the calculation are scheduled payments related to defaulted
contracts and contracts which have terminated prior to their scheduled maturity
date.

    The discounted contract balance for each contract shall be calculated
assuming:

    (1) all payments due in any collection period are due on the last day of
       such collection period;

    (2) payments are discounted on a monthly basis using a 30 day month and a
       360 day year; and

    (3) all security deposits and drawings under letters of credit, if any,
       issued in support of a contract are applied to reduce scheduled payments
       in inverse order of the due date of those payments.

    The discount rate is 7.115% and was calculated as the sum of:

    (1) the average of the interest rate of the notes weighted by the initial
       principal amount of the notes and the initial average life, assuming a
       15% conditional prepayment rate and no loss scenario, and assuming that
       the trust depositor will exercise its option to redeem the notes when the
       aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts is less than 10%
       of the aggregate discounted contract balance as of December 1, 1999; and

    (2) 0.40%.

                                       19
<PAGE>
                          COMPOSITION OF THE CONTRACTS

    On or about December 14, 1999, the trust depositor will transfer to the
trust the contracts as of December 1, 1999 and from time to time substitute
contracts as of the applicable cutoff dates under the sale and servicing
agreement. The originators selected the contracts from their portfolio of
contracts based on the criteria described in the sale and servicing agreement.
See "THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES;
DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE CONTRACT" and "--CONCENTRATION AMOUNTS; DEFINITION OF
EXCESS CONTRACT". The originators will jointly and severally represent that all
of the contracts transferred to the trust are commercial, rather than consumer
leases or loans/financings, and that no adverse selection process was employed
in the originators' selection of contracts for sale to the trust depositor and
to the trust under the sale and servicing agreement.

    The composition and distribution of the contracts by remaining term,
original term, discounted contract balance, original gross contract balance,
end-user industry, geographic distribution, type of equipment and type of
end-user contract are set forth in the following tables and are reported as of
December 1, 1999 using the statistical discount rate. For further information
regarding the contracts, see "THE CONTRACTS".

    As the obligors pay amounts owed by them under the contracts, the aggregate
discounted contract balance of all of the contracts held by the trust will
decrease. This decrease in the discounted contract balance of the contracts is
referred to as amortization. The rate at which the discounted contract balance
of each contract is reduced may vary from contract to contract. The variance
will depend in large part on the contract terms and the manner in which the
obligor makes its payments. As a result, the statistical distribution of the
contracts held by the trust, including the concentration of obligors in any one
state or of the contracts with respect to any one equipment type will vary as
the contract balances amortize.

    While reading the tables you should note that:

    - In the event that the documents evidencing a contract require amounts to
      be billed to multiple billing locations, the contract is not treated as a
      single contract, but rather multiple contracts corresponding in number to
      the number of billing locations.

    - Classification by industry is based on Heller Financial, Inc.'s customary
      procedures for determining obligor industry.

    - Percentages and amounts set forth in the following tables may not total
      due to rounding.

    - The largest end-user industry concentration including end-user obligors on
      contracts and end-user contracts securing vendor loans, which represents
      an aggregate discounted contract balance of approximately 21.51% as of
      December 1, 1999 (calculated at the statistical discount rate), relates to
      printing and publishing.

    - The final scheduled payment on the contract with the latest maturity or
      expiration is on or prior to October 1, 2007.

    - Approximately 9.50% of the aggregate discounted contract balance
      (calculated at the statistical discount rate) of the contracts provide for
      payments by the obligor thereunder on a basis other than monthly payments.

    Some of the contracts intended, as of December 1, 1999, to be transferred to
the trust may be determined not to meet the eligibility requirements and those
contracts may not be transferred to the trust on the closing date for the sale
of the contracts to the trust. While the statistical distribution of the
characteristics as of the closing date for the final pool of contracts and
calculated at the discount rate will vary somewhat from the statistical
distribution of the characteristics as of December 1, 1999 and calculated at the
statistical discount rate as presented in this prospectus, the variance will not
be

                                       20
<PAGE>
material. Changes in the characteristics of the contracts between December 1,
1999 and the closing date will not affect more than 5.00% of the aggregate
discounted contract balance of the contracts.

    With respect to notes issued in a separate offering by the Heller Equipment
Asset Receivables Trust 1999-1, the variance between the aggregate discounted
contract balance calculated at the statistical discount rate and the discount
rate was 0.045%. There can be no assurance that the variance between the
statistical discount rate and the discount rate with respect to the notes issued
by the trust will be substantially similar.

    The statistical information presented in the following tables is as of
December 1, 1999 and is calculated using the statistical discount rate of
7.162%. The statistical discount rate is based on an average of the estimated
interest rates of the notes, weighted by estimated initial average life and
initial principal amounts. The percentages and balances set forth in each of the
following tables may not total due to rounding.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance                         $365,211,014

Number of Contracts                                                  1,140

Weighted Average Original Term                                       61.23
(Range)(in months)                                                  12-107

Weighted Average Remaining Term                                      50.61
(Range)(in months)                                                    1-93

Average Discounted Contract Balance                           $    320,361
</TABLE>

                   DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY CONTRACT TYPE
                          DATA AS OF DECEMBER 1, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   PERCENTAGE OF    DISCOUNTED       PERCENTAGE OF
                       NUMBER OF     NUMBER OF       CONTRACT     AGGREGATE DISCOUNTED
TYPE                   CONTRACTS     CONTRACTS       BALANCE        CONTRACT BALANCE
- ----                   ---------   -------------   ------------   --------------------
<S>                    <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>
Loans................      557         48.86%      $244,835,612           67.04%
Leases...............      583         51.14%       120,375,401           32.96%
                         -----        ------       ------------          ------
Total:...............    1,140        100.00%      $365,211,014          100.00%
</TABLE>

                                       21
<PAGE>
        DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY STATE IN WHICH OBLIGORS ARE LOCATED
                          DATA AS OF DECEMBER 1, 1999
        (ORDERED BY PERCENTAGE OF AGGREGATE DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        APPROXIMATE
                                               PERCENTAGE OF       APPROXIMATE         PERCENTAGE OF
                                  NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF NUMBER      DISCOUNTED      AGGREGATE DISCOUNTED
             STATE                CONTRACTS     OF CONTRACTS     CONTRACT BALANCE     CONTRACT BALANCE
             -----                ---------   ----------------   ----------------   --------------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>                <C>                <C>
California......................      177          15.53 %         $ 81,678,633             22.36%
Illinois........................      117          10.26 %           40,228,800             11.02%
New York........................       58           5.09 %           18,594,659              5.09%
Texas...........................       55           4.82 %           18,166,550              4.97%
New Jersey......................       88           7.72 %           16,336,780              4.47%
Colorado........................       25           2.19 %           14,428,996              3.95%
Michigan........................       50           4.39 %           12,984,387              3.56%
Massachusetts...................       50           4.39 %           12,550,990              3.44%
Nevada..........................       21           1.84 %           11,881,298              3.25%
Utah............................       19           1.67 %           10,342,005              2.83%
Minnesota.......................       39           3.42 %            9,104,059              2.49%
North Carolina..................       17           1.49 %            8,670,461              2.37%
Connecticut.....................       25           2.19 %            7,826,663              2.14%
Virginia........................       22           1.93 %            7,627,890              2.09%
Pennsylvania....................       41           3.60 %            7,129,456              1.95%
Arizona.........................       18           1.58 %            7,111,724              1.95%
Missouri........................        9           0.79 %            7,050,502              1.93%
Florida.........................       47           4.12 %            6,878,441              1.88%
Ohio............................       50           4.39 %            6,643,966              1.82%
Wisconsin.......................       21           1.84 %            6,630,758              1.82%
Georgia.........................       27           2.37 %            5,429,822              1.49%
Idaho...........................        3           0.26 %            5,401,306              1.48%
Nebraska........................        6           0.53 %            4,987,528              1.37%
Indiana.........................       24           2.11 %            4,244,101              1.16%
Maryland........................        9           0.79 %            3,414,841              0.94%
Wyoming.........................        1           0.09 %            3,410,275              0.93%
Kentucky........................       12           1.05 %            3,346,656              0.92%
Oklahoma........................       10           0.88 %            3,110,421              0.85%
Tennessee.......................       11           0.96 %            3,043,071              0.83%
West Virginia...................        2           0.18 %            2,735,354              0.75%
South Carolina..................       12           1.05 %            2,586,682              0.71%
New Hampshire...................       14           1.23 %            1,666,237              0.46%
Maine...........................        5           0.44 %            1,627,781              0.45%
Oregon..........................        6           0.53 %            1,390,240              0.38%
Washington......................       11           0.96 %            1,304,701              0.36%
Arkansas........................        6           0.53 %            1,137,231              0.31%
Louisiana.......................        7           0.61 %              852,391              0.23%
Alabama.........................        4           0.35 %              777,907              0.21%
Kansas..........................        6           0.53 %              743,480              0.20%
Rhode Island....................        3           0.26 %              727,231              0.20%
Delaware........................        3           0.26 %              444,638              0.12%
Iowa............................        2           0.18 %              337,112              0.09%
North Dakota....................        2           0.18 %              258,282              0.07%
Mississippi.....................        2           0.18 %              187,235              0.05%
South Dakota....................        1           0.09 %               64,317              0.02%
District of Columbia............        1           0.09 %               60,828              0.02%
Vermont.........................        1           0.09 %               54,327              0.01%
                                    -----          ------          ------------            ------
Total:..........................    1,140         100.00 %         $365,211,014            100.00%
                                    =====          ======          ============            ======
</TABLE>

                                       22
<PAGE>
                  DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY EQUIPMENT TYPE

                          DATA AS OF DECEMBER 1, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PERCENTAGE OF    DISCOUNTED       PERCENTAGE OF
                                         NUMBER OF     NUMBER OF       CONTRACT     AGGREGATE DISCOUNTED
EQUIPMENT TYPE                           CONTRACTS     CONTRACTS       BALANCE        CONTRACT BALANCE
- --------------                           ---------   -------------   ------------   --------------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>
Printing...............................      158         13.86%      $ 84,111,459           23.03%
Computer Hardware......................      204         17.89%        75,039,498           20.55%
Machine Tool...........................      315         27.63%        37,377,687           10.23%
Computer Software......................       82          7.19%        27,846,837            7.62%
Furniture & Fixture....................       42          3.68%        24,376,086            6.67%
High Tech Manufacturing................       15          1.32%        20,962,856            5.74%
Franchising............................       81          7.11%        20,492,212            5.61%
Plastics...............................      122         10.70%        19,444,011            5.32%
General Equipment......................       20          1.75%         9,530,268            2.61%
Entertainment..........................        5          0.44%         6,829,597            1.87%
Material Handling......................        3          0.26%         5,712,560            1.56%
Construction...........................        8          0.70%         4,908,506            1.34%
Industrial Equipment...................        9          0.79%         4,629,094            1.27%
Vehicles...............................        5          0.44%         4,158,441            1.14%
Miscellaneous..........................        4          0.35%         3,768,563            1.03%
Dry Cleaning...........................       27          2.37%         3,610,793            0.99%
Agriculture............................        3          0.26%         3,187,542            0.87%
Dental.................................        1          0.09%         2,460,408            0.67%
Transportation.........................        2          0.18%         1,974,037            0.54%
Retail.................................       19          1.67%         1,640,074            0.45%
Medical................................        5          0.44%         1,047,258            0.29%
Telecommunication......................        2          0.18%           937,140            0.26%
Pre-Press..............................        3          0.26%           750,108            0.21%
Embroidery Equipment...................        1          0.09%           218,520            0.06%
Communication..........................        2          0.18%           134,070            0.04%
Textile................................        2          0.18%            63,390            0.02%
                                           -----        ------       ------------          ------
Total..................................    1,140        100.00%      $365,211,014          100.00%
                                           =====        ======       ============          ======
</TABLE>

                                       23
<PAGE>
                 DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY OBLIGOR INDUSTRY

                          DATA AS OF DECEMBER 1, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PERCENTAGE OF    DISCOUNTED       PERCENTAGE OF
                                         NUMBER OF     NUMBER OF       CONTRACT     AGGREGATE DISCOUNTED
INDUSTRY                                 CONTRACTS     CONTRACTS       BALANCE        CONTRACT BALANCE
- --------                                 ---------   -------------   ------------   --------------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>
Printing and Publishing................      135         11.84%      $ 78,540,804           21.51%
Business Services......................      108          9.47%        50,184,861           13.74%
Industrial Machinery...................      275         24.12%        37,751,260           10.34%
Electronic.............................       48          4.21%        27,175,925            7.44%
Rubber and Misc. Plastics..............       93          8.16%        17,296,709            4.74%
Nonclassifiable Establishments.........       81          7.11%        17,082,349            4.68%
Nondepository Institution..............       33          2.89%        16,362,593            4.48%
Securities and Commodities.............       13          1.14%        12,577,180            3.44%
Wholesale Trade-Durable Goods..........       39          3.42%         8,791,775            2.41%
Miscellaneous Manufacturing............       14          1.23%         7,924,396            2.17%
                                           -----        ------       ------------          ------

Subtotal...............................      839         73.60%      $273,687,852           74.94%

All others.............................      301         26.40%        91,523,161           25.06%
                                           -----        ------       ------------          ------

Total..................................    1,140        100.00%      $365,211,014          100.00%
                                           =====        ======       ============          ======
</TABLE>

                                       24
<PAGE>
          DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY ORIGINAL GROSS CONTRACT BALANCE

                          DATA AS OF DECEMBER 1, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PERCENTAGE OF    DISCOUNTED       PERCENTAGE OF
                                         NUMBER OF     NUMBER OF       CONTRACT     AGGREGATE DISCOUNTED
ORIGINAL GROSS CONTRACT BALANCE          CONTRACTS     CONTRACTS       BALANCE        CONTRACT BALANCE
- -------------------------------          ---------   -------------   ------------   --------------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>
25,001 - 50,000........................       19          1.67%      $    622,601            0.17%
50,001 - 100,000.......................      223         19.56%        12,208,777            3.34%
100,001 - 150,000......................      198         17.37%        17,700,192            4.85%
150,001 - 200,000......................      144         12.63%        17,353,815            4.75%
200,001 - 250,000......................       96          8.42%        14,549,199            3.98%
250,001 - 300,000......................       56          4.91%        10,293,392            2.82%
300,001 - 400,000......................       98          8.60%        22,815,538            6.25%
400,001 - 500,000......................       57          5.00%        17,418,722            4.77%
500,001 - 600,000......................       36          3.16%        13,102,467            3.59%
600,001 - 700,000......................       27          2.37%        12,057,732            3.30%
700,001 - 800,000......................       27          2.37%        13,998,061            3.83%
800,001 - 900,000......................       15          1.32%         7,950,794            2.18%
900,001 - 1,000,000....................       13          1.14%         8,525,055            2.33%
1,000,001 - 1,250,000..................       26          2.28%        17,475,335            4.78%
1,250,001 - 1,500,000..................       16          1.40%        14,582,179            3.99%
1,500,001 - 1,750,000..................       16          1.40%        13,255,533            3.63%
1,750,001 - 2,000,000..................       12          1.05%        13,987,412            3.83%
2,000,001 - 2,250,000..................        7          0.61%         8,610,628            2.36%
2,250,001 - 2,500,000..................        8          0.70%        13,730,273            3.76%
2,500,001 - 2,750,000..................        7          0.61%        13,073,103            3.58%
2,750,001 - 3,000,000..................        5          0.44%        10,755,117            2.94%
3,000,001 - 3,500,000..................        5          0.44%         9,533,908            2.61%
3,500,001 - 4,000,000..................       11          0.96%        22,604,259            6.19%
4,000,001 - 4,500,000..................        6          0.53%        16,625,067            4.55%
4,500,001 - 5,000,000..................        3          0.26%         8,104,754            2.22%
5,000,001 - 6,000,000..................        5          0.44%        20,265,445            5.55%
6,000,001 - 7,000,000..................        2          0.18%         4,573,604            1.25%
7,000,001 - 8,000,000..................        1          0.09%         5,241,863            1.44%
8,000,001 - 9,000,000..................        1          0.09%         4,196,190            1.15%
                                           -----        ------       ------------          ------
Total..................................    1,140        100.00%      $365,211,014          100.00%
                                           =====        ======       ============          ======
</TABLE>

                                       25
<PAGE>
       DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY REMAINING DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE

                          DATA AS OF DECEMBER 1, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PERCENTAGE OF    DISCOUNTED       PERCENTAGE OF
                                         NUMBER OF     NUMBER OF       CONTRACT     AGGREGATE DISCOUNTED
REMAINING DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE    CONTRACTS     CONTRACTS       BALANCE        CONTRACT BALANCE
- -------------------------------------    ---------   -------------   ------------   --------------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>
1 - 25,000.............................        2          0.18%      $     22,829            0.01%
25,001 - 50,000........................      115         10.09%         4,530,918            1.24%
50,001 - 100,000.......................      304         26.67%        22,512,364            6.16%
100,001 - 150,000......................      213         18.68%        26,117,914            7.15%
150,001 - 200,000......................      106          9.30%        18,494,957            5.06%
200,001 - 250,000......................       66          5.79%        14,953,181            4.09%
250,001 - 300,000......................       57          5.00%        15,498,848            4.24%
300,001 - 400,000......................       72          6.32%        24,851,684            6.80%
400,001 - 500,000......................       37          3.25%        16,581,400            4.54%
500,001 - 600,000......................       38          3.33%        20,801,334            5.70%
600,001 - 700,000......................       20          1.75%        12,720,930            3.48%
700,001 - 800,000......................        8          0.70%         5,794,313            1.59%
800,001 - 900,000......................       10          0.88%         8,421,005            2.31%
900,001 - 1,000,000....................       11          0.96%        10,603,857            2.90%
1,000,001 - 1,250,000..................       19          1.67%        20,749,385            5.68%
1,250,001 - 1,500,000..................       11          0.96%        15,511,241            4.25%
1,500,001 - 1,750,000..................        8          0.70%        12,866,722            3.52%
1,750,001 - 2,000,000..................       13          1.14%        24,697,869            6.76%
2,000,001 - 2,250,000..................        7          0.61%        14,812,210            4.06%
2,250,001 - 2,500,000..................        5          0.44%        12,125,696            3.32%
2,500,001 - 2,750,000..................        5          0.44%        13,287,869            3.64%
2,750,001 - 3,000,000..................        2          0.18%         5,812,625            1.59%
3,000,001 - 3,500,000..................        4          0.35%        13,146,627            3.60%
3,500,001 - 4,000,000..................        2          0.18%         7,185,096            1.97%
4,000,001 - 4,500,000..................        2          0.18%         8,485,985            2.32%
4,500,001 - 5,000,000..................        2          0.18%         9,382,292            2.57%
5,000,001 - 6,000,000..................        1          0.09%         5,241,863            1.44%
                                           -----        ------       ------------          ------
Total..................................    1,140        100.00%      $365,211,014          100.00%
                                           =====        ======       ============          ======
</TABLE>

                                       26
<PAGE>
              DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY ORIGINAL CONTRACT TERM
                          DATA AS OF DECEMBER 1, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ORIGINAL                           PERCENTAGE OF    DISCOUNTED       PERCENTAGE OF
TERM                   NUMBER OF    NUMBERS OF       CONTRACT     AGGREGATE DISCOUNTED
(MONTHS)               CONTRACTS     CONTRACTS       BALANCE        CONTRACT BALANCE
- --------               ---------   -------------   ------------   --------------------
<S>                    <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>
1--12................        1           0.09%     $    133,305             0.04%
13--24...............       46           4.04%       11,825,795             3.24%
25--36...............      192          16.84%       64,098,548            17.55%
37--48...............      102           8.95%       51,753,847            14.17%
49--60...............      396          34.74%       91,218,867            24.98%
61--72...............      200          17.54%       42,488,428            11.63%
73--84...............       49           4.30%       24,983,567             6.84%
85--107..............      154          13.51%       78,708,657            21.55%
                         -----        -------      ------------          -------
Total................    1,140         100.00%     $365,211,014           100.00%
                         =====        =======      ============          =======
</TABLE>

        DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY REMAINING MONTHS TO STATED MATURITY
                          DATA AS OF DECEMBER 1, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    AGGREGATE
REMAINING                          PERCENTAGE OF    DISCOUNTED       PERCENTAGE OF
TERM                   NUMBER OF    NUMBERS OF       CONTRACT     AGGREGATE DISCOUNTED
(MONTHS)               CONTRACTS     CONTRACTS       BALANCE        CONTRACT BALANCE
- ---------              ---------   -------------   ------------   --------------------
<S>                    <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>
1--12................       27           2.37%     $  6,785,378             1.86%
13--24...............      148          12.98%       45,049,583            12.34%
25--36...............      192          16.84%       64,502,947            17.66%
37--48...............      167          14.65%       61,303,288            16.79%
49--60...............      389          34.12%       80,794,866            22.12%
61--72...............       48           4.21%       17,404,089             4.77%
73--84...............      116          10.18%       52,285,446            14.32%
85--93...............       53           4.65%       37,085,418            10.15%
                         -----        -------      ------------          -------
Total................    1,140         100.00%     $365,211,014           100.00%
                         =====        =======      ============          =======
</TABLE>

                        DELINQUENCY AND LOSS INFORMATION

    The originators treat a contract as delinquent if the obligor does not make
a scheduled payment at the time or in the amount required by the contract terms.
Contract terms require payment by the obligor within 30 days from the "DUE DATE"
provided in the associated invoice.

    The following tables set forth the originators' delinquency and loss
experience on their domestic portfolio of equipment leases and loans. Not all of
the contracts in the originators' aggregate portfolio will be transferred to the
trust. Therefore, the data in the following tables includes delinquency and loss
experience for the contracts and other financial assets owned by Heller
Financial, which originated from the on-going business in the Commercial
Equipment Finance Division and the Chicago-based group of the Global Vendor
Finance Division. The delinquency and loss experience set forth in the following
tables is described in terms of receivables and repossessed assets on Heller
Financial's financial statements as they relate to the on-going business in the
Commercial Equipment Finance Division and the Chicago-based group of the Global
Vendor Finance Division. The receivables are calculated net of unearned income.

                                       27
<PAGE>
    The data presented in the following tables and the period to period
discussion below reflect historical results and there is no assurance that the
delinquency or loss experience of the contracts will be similar to that set
forth below.

                               CONTRACT PORTFOLIO
                             DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
                                       AT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        NINE MONTHS            NINE MONTHS           TWELVE MONTHS          TWELVE MONTHS
                                           ENDED                  ENDED                  ENDED                  ENDED
                                       SEPTEMBER 30,          SEPTEMBER 30,           DECEMBER 31,           DECEMBER 31,
                                            1999                   1998                   1998                   1997
                                    --------------------   --------------------   --------------------   --------------------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Ending Receivables and Repossesed
  Assets..........................  $1,690.00    100.00%   $2,027.00    100.00%   $1,647.00    100.00%   $1,758.00    100.00%
Number of Delinquent Days ($ of
  Ending Receivables and
  Repossessed Assets)
31-60 days........................  $   16.58      0.98%   $   13.38      0.66%   $    9.44      0.57%   $   17.33      0.99%
61-90 days........................  $   26.23      1.55%   $    6.70      0.33%   $    6.04      0.37%   $    6.86      0.39%
Over 90 days......................  $   23.87      1.41%   $   12.18      0.60%   $   14.55      0.88%   $   18.91      1.08%
Total.............................  $   66.68      3.94%   $   32.26      1.59%   $   30.03      1.82%   $   43.10      2.45%

<CAPTION>
                                       TWELVE MONTHS
                                           ENDED
                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                            1996
                                    --------------------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>
Ending Receivables and Repossesed
  Assets..........................  $1,525.00    100.00%
Number of Delinquent Days ($ of
  Ending Receivables and
  Repossessed Assets)
31-60 days........................  $   16.55      1.09%
61-90 days........................  $    4.68      0.31%
Over 90 days......................  $   17.15      1.12%
Total.............................  $   38.38      2.52%
</TABLE>

    Delinquent receivables in the above table include accrued interest.

                               CONTRACT PORTFOLIO
                            CONTRACT LOSS EXPERIENCE
                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
                                       AT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        NINE MONTHS            NINE MONTHS           TWELVE MONTHS          TWELVE MONTHS
                                           ENDED                  ENDED                  ENDED                  ENDED
                                       SEPTEMBER 30,          SEPTEMBER 30,           DECEMBER 31,           DECEMBER 31,
                                            1999                   1998                   1998                   1997
                                    --------------------   --------------------   --------------------   --------------------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Average Receivables and
  Repossessed Assets..............  $1,776.00    100.00%   $1,912.00    100.00%   $1,845.00    100.00%   $1,609.00    100.00%
Gross Losses (as % of Receivables
  and Repossessed Assets).........  $    2.72      0.15%   $    0.83      0.04%   $    1.35      0.07%   $    1.92      0.12%
Gross Recoveries (as % of
  Receivables and Repossessed
  Assets).........................  $    0.27      0.02%   $    0.58      0.03%   $    0.60      0.03%   $    0.42      0.03%
Net Losses (as % of Receivables
  and Repossessed Assets).........  $    2.45      0.14%   $    0.25      0.01%   $    0.75      0.04%   $    1.50      0.09%

<CAPTION>
                                       TWELVE MONTHS
                                           ENDED
                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                            1996
                                    --------------------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>
Average Receivables and
  Repossessed Assets..............  $1,293.00    100.00%
Gross Losses (as % of Receivables
  and Repossessed Assets).........  $    0.65      0.05%
Gross Recoveries (as % of
  Receivables and Repossessed
  Assets).........................  $    0.36      0.03%
Net Losses (as % of Receivables
  and Repossessed Assets).........  $    0.29      0.02%
</TABLE>

    Gross losses, as a percentage of receivables and repossessed assets, are
shown in the above table net of vendor recourse.

    With respect to contracts secured by printing equipment related to the
vendor representing 18.76% of the aggregate discounted contract balance end-user
defaults would have been approximately $3.0 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999, $2.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998,
$4.1 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 1998 and $8.4 million for
the twelve months ended December 31, 1997; after vendor recourse, net losses
aggregated $149,000 over the period.

                                       28
<PAGE>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 VERSUS NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

    The amounts classified as delinquent as a percentage of receivables and
repossessed assets increased between the nine months ended September 30, 1998
and the nine months ended September 30, 1999. The increase in delinquencies in
the nine month period ending September 30, 1999 compared to the nine month
period ending September 30, 1998 is due primarily from certain personnel
changes. An appropriate solution to such personnel changes has been implemented.
We do not expect the personnel issue to affect receivable net losses. Net losses
as a percentage of average receivables and repossessed assets increased in the
nine months ended September 30, 1999 as compared to the nine months ended
September 30, 1998. The increase is not attributable to any one factor and we
have no basis to predict, and offer no assurances as to, whether net losses as a
percentage of receivables and repossessed assets will continue to increase in
subsequent periods. Average receivables and repossessed assets decreased
approximately 7.1% from the nine months ended September 30, 1998 to the nine
months ended September 30, 1999 due to asset securitizations during the period.

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 VERSUS TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
  1997

    The amounts classified as delinquent as a percentage of receivables and
repossessed assets declined between December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998. Net
losses as a percentage of average receivables and repossessed assets decreased
slightly in 1998 as compared to 1997. The slight decrease is not attributable to
any one factor and we have no basis to predict, and offer no assurances as to,
whether net losses as a percentage of receivables and repossessed assets will
continue to decrease in subsequent periods. Average receivables and repossessed
assets increased approximately 14.7% from December 31, 1997 to December 31, 1998
due to normal fluctuations in the amount of contracts originated. We believe
that stability in delinquency and loss experience is a result of continued
favorable economic conditions and consistent application of credit standards on
the part of the originators of such assets.

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 VERSUS TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
  1996

    The amounts classified as delinquent as a percentage of receivables and
repossessed assets decreased slightly between December 31, 1996 and
December 31, 1997. Net losses as a percentage of average receivables and
repossessed assets increased slightly in 1997 as compared to 1996. The increase
is not attributable to any one factor and we believe that it is partially
attributable to the increase in average receivables and repossessed assets.
Average receivables and repossessed assets increased approximately 24% from
December 31, 1996 to December 31, 1997 due to an increase in financing activity.
As noted above, we believe that stability in delinquency and loss experience is
a result of continued favorable economic conditions and consistent application
of credit standards on the part of the originators of such assets.

      DEFINITION OF DELINQUENCY FOR THE CONTRACTS TRANSFERRED TO THE TRUST

    As of December 1, 1999 no contract sold to the trust has any delinquent
scheduled payments. We consider a scheduled payment to be delinquent if:

    - it is more than 60 days delinquent; and

    - the delinquent amount is more than the greater of the following:

       (A) $10 or

       (B) 10% of the scheduled payment.

                                       29
<PAGE>
There are no non-performing or non-prime contracts included in the contracts
sold to the trust. For a definition of defaulted contracts, see "THE SALE AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT--DEFINITION OF DEFAULTED CONTRACTS".

                                 THE CONTRACTS

    The trust will be entitled to all collections on account of the contracts
and related equipment, including collections on end-user contracts securing
vendor loans. However, the trust will not be entitled to the Excluded Amounts.
See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE--AMOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR PAYMENT ON
THE NOTES". All of the contracts are commercial contracts.

END-USER CONTRACTS

    The following discussion describes the end-user contracts, including
end-user contracts securing vendor loans. All of the end-user contracts in
respect of equipment, software and related support and consulting services to be
included from time to time in the trust are of one of the following types:

    - conditional sale agreements;

    - leases;

    - secured promissory notes;

    - installment payment agreements; and

    - financing agreements.

There is no limit on the number of contracts which may consist of any of the
foregoing types. Each contract must be an eligible contract as of the applicable
cutoff date. In order for a contract to be eligible to be transferred to the
trust and to be a trust asset it must have the characteristics which are more
fully described in "THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT--REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES; DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE CONTRACT".

CONDITIONAL SALE AGREEMENTS.

    The originators offer financing for equipment under conditional sale
agreements assigned to the originators by vendors. Most of the conditional sale
agreements transferred to the trust will consist of either the originators'
standard, pre-printed form, or of the vendors' standard, pre-printed forms.
These forms have been reviewed and approved for use by the applicable
originator. The conditional sale agreement sets forth the description of each
item financed thereunder and the schedule of installment payments. Most of the
loans under conditional sale agreements are fixed rate and are for a one to
eight year term. Most of the payments under conditional sale agreements are due
monthly. Conditional sale agreement terms include the following:

    - a grant by the end-user of a security interest in any related equipment
      which is then assigned by the vendor to the originator;

    - may allow prepayment of the obligation upon payment, where allowed by
      applicable state law, of an additional prepayment fee;

    - the end-user is required to maintain the equipment, keep it free and clear
      of liens and encumbrances and pay all taxes related to the equipment;

    - no modification or disposal of the equipment without the originator's or
      its assignee's consent;

    - a disclaimer of warranties;

                                       30
<PAGE>
    - the end-user's indemnity against liabilities arising from the use,
      possession or ownership of the equipment; and

    - the end-user's absolute and unconditional obligation to pay the
      installment payments required under the terms of the agreement.

    The conditional sale agreement also requires each end-user to maintain
insurance, the terms of which may vary. The terms of a conditional sale
agreement may be modified at its inception at the end-user's request. These
modifications must either be approved by the originator's legal department and
several levels of management before the originator will agree to accept an
assignment of the conditional sale agreement from a vendor, or the vendor must
indemnify the originator against any losses or damages it may suffer as a result
of the modifications.

LEASES.

    The originators, either directly or by assignment from vendors, offer
financing of equipment under leases. Leases may consist of individual lease
agreements each relating to a single, separate transaction or may consist of
individual transactions written under and governed by a master lease agreement
which contains the general terms and conditions of the transaction. Specific
terms and conditions, such as descriptions of the specific equipment being
leased or financed and the schedule of related rental payments, are contained in
a supplement or schedule to the master lease agreement, which is signed by the
end-user, as lessee, and either the vendor or the originator, as lessor. The
supplement or schedule incorporates the master lease agreement by reference and
is treated by the originator as a separate lease. Each lease is originated in
the ordinary course of business by either the originator or a vendor. The
vendors assign leases to the originator through a vendor finance agreement or
vendor assignment.

    The initial terms of most of the leases transferred to the trust range from
one to eight years. Each lease provides for the periodic payment by the end-user
of rent in advance or arrears, usually monthly or quarterly. The periodic
payments represent the amortization, usually on a level basis, of the total
amount that an end-user is required to pay throughout the term of a lease.

    The leases to be transferred to the trust are "NET LEASES" under which the
end-user assumes responsibility for the items financed thereunder, including
operation, maintenance, repair, insurance, return of any equipment at the
expiration or termination of the lease and the payment of all sales and use and
property taxes relating to such financed item during the lease term. The
originator or vendor is named as loss payee on insurance policies covering the
equipment. The end-user further agrees to indemnify the lessor for any
liabilities arising out of the use or operation of the item financed by the
end-user. In most cases, the lessor is also authorized to perform the end-user's
obligations under the lease at the end-user's expense, if it so elects, in cases
where the end-user has failed to perform. In addition, the leases often contain
"HELL OR HIGH WATER" clauses unconditionally obligating the end-user to make
periodic payments, without setoff, at the times and in the amounts specified in
the lease. If the originator is the lessor, the lease contains no express or
implied warranties with respect to the items financed thereunder other than a
warranty of quiet enjoyment. If a vendor is the lessor, the lease or a related
agreement may contain representations and warranties relating to the items
financed thereunder in addition to a warranty of quiet enjoyment; however, the
end-user agrees not to assert any warranty claims against any assignee of the
vendor, including the originator, by way of setoff, counterclaim or otherwise,
and further agrees that it may only bring such claims against the vendor. All
leases of equipment require the end-user to maintain, at its expense, casualty
insurance covering damage to or loss of the equipment during the lease term or
to self-insure against those risks, if approved in advance by the originator.

    The leases include both "true leases" and leases intended for security as
defined in Section 1-201(37) of the Uniform Commercial Code. Under a "true
lease," the lessor bears the risk of ownership, although the risk of loss of the
related equipment is passed to the end-user under the

                                       31
<PAGE>
leases, and no title is conferred upon the lessee. Under a "true lease" the
lessor also takes any tax benefits associated with the ownership of depreciable
property under applicable law. The lessee under a "true lease" has the right to
the temporary use of property for a term shorter than the economic life of such
property in exchange for payments at scheduled intervals during the lease term
and the lessor retains a significant "residual" economic interest in the leased
property. End of lease options for "true leases" include purchase or renewal at
fair market value. Under leases intended for security, the lessor in effect
finances the "PURCHASE" of the leased property by the lessee and retains a
security interest in the leased property. The lessee retains the leased property
for substantially all its economic life and the lessor retains no significant
residual interest. Such leases are considered conditional sales type leases for
federal income tax purposes and, accordingly, the lessor does not take any
federal tax benefits associated with the ownership of depreciable property. End
of lease options for such leases depend on the terms of the related individual
lease agreement or master lease agreement supplement or schedule. Those terms
usually provide for the purchase of the equipment at a specified price, which
may be nominal.

    End-users under a lease are either prohibited from altering or modifying the
equipment or may alter or modify the equipment only to the extent the
alterations or modifications are readily removable without damage to the
equipment. Under some master lease agreements, the end-user may assign its
rights and obligations under the lease, but only upon receiving the prior
written consent of the lessor. Under some master lease agreements, the end-user
may relocate the equipment upon giving the lessor prompt written notice of the
relocation. The right to grant or deny the consent or to receive the written
notice will be exercised by the servicer. Some leases permit the end-user to
substitute substantially identical leased equipment for leased equipment
scheduled to be returned to the lessor under the lease.

    While the terms and conditions of the leases do not usually permit
cancellation by the end-user, some leases may be modified or terminated before
the end of the lease term. Modifications to a lease term or early lease
terminations may be permitted by the originator, or by a vendor with the consent
of the originator. Modifications are often permitted in conjunction with
additional financing opportunities from the same end-user. Early termination of
a lease may be permitted in connection with the acquisition of new technology
requiring replacement of the equipment. In such cases, the related equipment is
returned to the vendor or originator and an amount approximately equal to the
present value of the remaining rental payments under the lease plus an early
termination fee is paid by the end-user to the originator. Modifications usually
involve repricing a lease or modification of the lease term. Occasionally a
lease may be modified in connection with an increase in the capacity or
performance of equipment by adding additional equipment that includes new
technology. Coincident with the financing of an upgrade to the equipment, the
originator may reprice and extend the related base lease term. Leases whose
terms have been extended under those circumstances may remain in the pool of
contracts held by the trust. Heller Financial, Inc., as servicer, expects to
continue to permit these modifications and terminations with respect to leases
included in the contracts. However the servicer's ability to make material
modifications is limited as described under "THE SALE AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT--MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO CONTRACTS".

    The standard terms and conditions of a master lease agreement may be
modified at the inception of a lease at the request of the end-user. The
modifications must either be approved by the originator's legal department and
several levels of management before the originator will agree to enter into the
lease or accept an assignment of the lease from a vendor. Alternatively, the
vendor must indemnify the originator against any losses or damages it may suffer
as a result of the modifications. Common permitted modifications include, but
are not limited to, the following:

    - a one dollar purchase option at the end of the lease term;

    - prearranged mid-lease purchase options, early termination options and
      lease extension options as described above;

                                       32
<PAGE>
    - modifications to the lessor's equipment inspection rights;

    - modifications to the end-user's insurance requirements permitting the
      end-user to self-insure against casualty to the equipment;

    - the end-user's right to assign the lease or sub-lease the financed items
      to an affiliated entity, so long as the end-user remains liable under the
      lease and promptly notifies the lessor or its assignee of such assignment
      or sublease; and

    - extended grace periods for late payments of rent.

SECURED PROMISSORY NOTES.

    The originators also provide direct initial financing or refinancing of
equipment under secured promissory notes, which consist of an installment note
and a separate security agreement. In an initial financing transaction, the
applicable originator pays to the vendor the purchase price for the equipment
and in a refinancing transaction, the originator pays off an end-user's existing
financing source. In the case of a refinancing transaction, upon payment to the
existing financing source, the originator obtains a release of the other party's
lien on the financed equipment. In either case, the originator records its own
lien against the financed equipment and takes possession of the secured
promissory note, which constitutes chattel paper under the Uniform Commercial
Code. In either case, the transaction is documented as a direct loan by the
originator to the end-user of the equipment using a secured promissory note.
Except for the lack of references to "SALE" or "PURCHASE" of equipment, the
terms and conditions contained in a secured promissory note are substantially
similar to those contained in a conditional sale agreement.

INSTALLMENT PAYMENT AGREEMENTS AND FINANCING AGREEMENTS.

    The originators provide financing for software license fees and related
support and consulting services under installment payment supplements to
software license agreements, separate installment payment agreements or other
forms of financing agreements assigned to the applicable originator by vendors
of software. Each financing agreement is an unsecured obligation of the
end-user. Most of the financing agreements provide:

    - a fixed schedule of payments with no end-user right of prepayment;

    - that the agreement is noncancellable for its term;

    - a "HELL OR HIGH WATER" clause unconditionally obligating the end-user to
      make periodic payments, without setoff, at the times and in the amounts
      specified in such agreement;

    - for the vendor to assign the payment agreement to a third party, including
      the originator

    - an agreement by the end-user, upon such assignment, not to assert against
      such assignee any claims or defenses the end-user may have against the
      vendor; and

    - default and remedy provisions that often include acceleration of amounts
      due.

    In some cases, the financing agreements also give the vendor the right to
terminate the underlying software license and all related support and consulting
activities. The originator may obtain this right by assignment from the vendor.

EQUIPMENT

    The end-user contracts cover a wide variety of new and used equipment. Some
examples of the types of equipment are: printing, pre-press, machine tool,
plastics, computer hardware, computer software, restaurant, transportation,
energy related, medical, industrial equipment and aircraft engines.

                                       33
<PAGE>
All of the interests of the originator in the equipment subject to an end-user
contract will be transferred to the trust. Those interests consist or will
consist of either title to the equipment or a security interest in the
equipment.

SOFTWARE AND RELATED SERVICES

    Some of the end-user contracts, which are usually in the form of financing
agreements, cover license fees and other fees owed by the end-users under either
perpetual or term software license agreements and other related agreements in
connection with the use by such end-users of computer software programs. Those
end-user contracts may also cover related support and consulting services which
are provided by the vendor, an affiliate of the vendor or a third party contract
party and which facilitate the obligors use of the software. No interest in the
software, the software license agreement or the related services, other than the
right to collect the payment of software license fees and, in some cases, to
exercise rights and remedies under the software license agreement, has been or
will be conveyed to the originators or the trust depositor. Consequently, the
trust will not have title to or a security interest in the software, nor will it
own the related services, and would not be able to realize any value from the
software upon a default by the end-user.

VENDOR LOANS

    The contracts may include limited recourse or non-recourse loan or repayment
obligations. These loan or repayment obligations are referred to in this
prospectus as vendor loans. A vendor loan is payable by a vendor and secured by
all of the vendor's interest in an individual end-user contract originated by
the vendor and by the equipment related to that end-user contract. A vendor can
be a equipment manufacturer, dealer or distributor or a computer software
distributor or any other person located in the United States.

    Vendor loans may be originated under a vendor finance program. Under some
vendor financial programs end-user contracts may be originated by the originator
directly, or purchased by the originator from the vendor, in separate
transactions not giving rise to vendor loans. See "--VENDOR FINANCE PROGRAMS".
Vendor loans often are non-recourse to the vendor, meaning the applicable
originator may obtain repayment solely from the proceeds of the end-user
contracts and related equipment securing the vendor loan. In a few instances,
however, recourse to a vendor for nonpayment of a vendor loan may be available
through a limited recourse arrangement included in the related vendor finance
program. The repayment terms under a vendor loan, including periodic amounts
payable and schedule of payments, correspond to the payment terms of the
end-user under the end-user contract collaterally assigned under the vendor
loan.

VENDOR FINANCE PROGRAMS

    We expect that a substantial portion of the end-user contracts included in
the trust will have been originated by vendors and assigned or pledged to the
originator under the vendor finance programs. Also, as described above, vendor
loans may be originated through vendor finance programs with the related vendor.
All rights, but not obligations, of the originators with respect to the
contracts under the agreements governing vendor finance programs are usually
assignable and will be so assigned by the originators to the trust depositor and
in turn conveyed by the trust depositor to the trust. The vendor finance
programs with vendors provide the originators with the opportunity to finance
transactions relating to the acquisition or use by an end-user of a vendor's
equipment, software and related services or other products. Vendor finance
programs provide the originators with a steady, sustainable flow of new
business. Often these vendors have costs of origination that are lower than the
originators' asset-based financings which are marketed directly to end-users.
Many of the vendor finance programs provide various forms of support to the
applicable originator, including representations and warranties by the vendor in
respect of the end-user contracts assigned by the vendor to the originator and
related

                                       34
<PAGE>
equipment or software and related services, credit support with respect to
defaults by end-users and equipment repurchase and remarketing arrangements upon
early termination of end-user contracts upon a default by the related end-users.
Some of the vendor finance programs take the form of a referral relationship
which is less formal, and may or may not include credit or remarketing support
to the originator from the vendor.

    Other than agreements that only establish a referral relationship, each
agreement governing a vendor finance program includes the following provisions:

    - Vendor representations, warranties and covenants regarding each end-user
      contract assigned to the originator, including the following:

       (1) the obligations of the end-user under the assigned end-user contract
           are absolute, unconditional, noncancellable and enforceable;

       (2) the obligations of the end-user under assigned end-user contract are
           free from any rights of offset, counterclaim or defense;

       (3) the originator holds the sole original of the end-user contract and
           has either title to or a first priority perfected security interest
           in the equipment;

       (4) the equipment and the end-user contract are free and clear of all
           liens, claims or encumbrances;

       (5) the equipment or the software has been irrevocably accepted by the
           end-user and will perform as warranted to the end-user; and

       (6) the assigned end-user contract was duly authorized and signed by the
           end-user;

    - Remedies in the event of a misrepresentation or breach of a warranty or
      covenant by the vendor regarding an assigned end-user contract. These
      remedies usually require the vendor to repurchase the affected end-user
      contract for the originator's investment balance in the end-user contract
      plus costs incurred by the originator in breaking any underlying funding
      arrangement;

    - In the case of end-user contracts covering equipment, remarketing support
      from the vendor in the event of an end-user default and subsequent
      repossession or return of the equipment under the end-user contract. The
      remarketing support is intended to assist the originator in realizing
      proceeds from the equipment assigned as collateral security to support the
      obligations of the end-user under the end-user contract; and

    - The right of the originator to further assign its interests in assigned
      end-user contracts, all payments thereunder and any related interest in
      equipment.

    The originator may delegate to the vendor ongoing administrative duties
relating to servicing, processing of collections and actual substantive
collection remedies. The vendor may be able to delegate those administrative
duties to a sub-servicer acceptable to the originator.

    In addition to the foregoing, a vendor finance program agreement may include
recourse against the vendor with respect to end-user defaults under specific
end-user contracts. The recourse may be structured in the following ways:

    - by specifying that the assignment of the end-user contract from the vendor
      to the originator is with full recourse against the vendor;

    - by specifying that the vendor will absorb a limited fixed dollar or
      percentage amount of "FIRST LOSSES" on the contract; or

    - by inclusion of the end-user contract in an "ULTIMATE NET LOSS POOL"
      created under the vendor finance program. In the event of an end-user
      default under an end-user contract which was

                                       35
<PAGE>
      assigned by the vendor to the originator subject to the ultimate net loss
      pool, the originator may draw against the ultimate net loss pool up to the
      amount of the originator's remaining unpaid investment balance in the
      defaulted end-user contract, but not in excess of the ultimate net loss
      pool balance then available. Drawings may also be made against the
      ultimate net loss pool with respect to end-user contracts that are not
      included in the pool of contracts and, accordingly, there can be no
      assurance that any amounts contributed by a vendor to the ultimate net
      loss pool will be available in the event of an end-user default under a
      end-user contract included in the pool of contracts.

    The manner in which end-user contracts are assigned to the originator by the
vendors differs under each vendor finance program, depending upon the nature of
the financed equipment by the contracts, the form of the end-user contract, the
accounting treatment sought by the vendor and the end-user and tax
considerations.

    For example, the originator might either accept a vendor loan and collateral
assignment of the end-user contract and the security interest in the related
equipment from the vendor. Alternatively, the originator may accept a full
assignment of the end-user contract and collateral assignment of related
equipment from the vendor, which collateral assignment secures the end-user's
obligations under the end-user contract. The originator also may receive, from a
vendor with respect to software, a full assignment of leases, installment
payment programs, installment payment supplements to license programs, and other
types of financing programs used in financing software license payments and
related support and consulting services.

    We expect that some portion of the end-user contracts included in the pool
of contracts, especially in the case of conditional sale programs, will consist
of end-user contracts originated by vendors and assigned to the originator under
individual assignments to vendors. Each vendor assignment of a contract or
contracts will either be made with or without recourse against the vendor for
end-user defaults. Additionally, each vendor assignment of a contract will
contain many, if not all, of the representations, warranties and covenants
typically contained in vendor finance program agreements, as well as a vendor
repurchase requirement in the event of a breach by the vendor of such
representations, warranties or covenants. The vendor assignments may or may not
provide for any vendor remarketing support in the event of an end-user default.

CONTRACT FILES

    The applicable originator will indicate in its books and records, including
the appropriate computer files relating to the contracts, that the contracts
have been transferred to the trust for the benefit of the holders of the notes
and certificate. Furthermore, the servicer will stamp the documents relating to
the contracts or otherwise mark the contracts with a legend to the effect that
the contracts have been transferred to the trust for the benefit of the holders
of the notes and certificate. The originators will also deliver to the indenture
trustee a computer file or microfiche or written list containing a true and
complete list of all contracts which have been transferred to the trust,
identified by account number and by the discounted contract balance as of the
applicable cutoff date.

HOW COLLECTIONS ON THE CONTRACTS ARE TREATED

    All collections received with respect to the contracts will be allocated as
described in "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE--ALLOCATIONS". Prepayments
will be treated as though they were received on the last day of the collection
period in which they are actually received for purposes of calculating amounts
available for distribution to you. Payments of principal on the contracts made
in advance of their due date will be treated as though they were received on the
last day of the collection period in which such principal payments were actually
received. Each collection period begins on the second day of a calendar month
and ends on and includes the first day of the immediately following calendar
month.

                                       36
<PAGE>
                      PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

    The rate of principal payments on the notes, the aggregate amount of each
interest payment on the notes and the yield to maturity of the notes are
directly related to the rate of payments on the underlying contracts. The
payments on the contracts may be in the form of payments scheduled to be made
under the terms of the contracts, prepayments or liquidations due to default,
casualty and other events which cannot be specified at present. Any payments
other than scheduled payments may result in distributions to you of amounts
which would otherwise have been distributed over the remaining term of the
contracts. Each prepayment on a contract, if the contract is not replaced by the
trust with a comparable substitute contract as described under "THE SALE AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT--SUBSTITUTE CONTRACTS", will shorten the weighted average
remaining term of the contracts and the weighted average life of the notes.

    In general, the rate of payments on the contracts may be influenced by a
number of other factors, including general economic conditions. The rate of
principal payments with respect to any class of notes may also be affected by
any repurchase by the trust depositor of contracts under the sale and servicing
agreement. Under the sale and servicing agreement, the trust depositor and the
originators must repurchase contracts if there is:

    - a breach of representation or warranty as to the contracts which causes
      such contract to be ineligible to be at trust asset; or

    - the exercise by the trust depositor of its repurchase option when the
      aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts is less than 10% of
      the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as of
      December 1, 1999, the initial cutoff date.

Further, the servicer may permit the obligor under a contract to make an
optional prepayment in an amount which is less than the amount sufficient to
repay the portion of such contract, together with accrued interest, so long as
the trust is indemnified for any such insufficiency by the vendor or the
originator. In the case of contracts which must be removed from the trust assets
due to their failure to have the characteristics set forth in the sale and
servicing agreement or which are Excess Contracts, the rate of prepayment would
also be influenced by the trust depositor's decision not to repurchase those
contracts and instead, to accept substitute contracts. See "THE SALE AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT--SUBSTITUTE CONTRACTS". In the event of a repurchase, the
repurchase price will decrease the aggregate discounted contract balance of the
contracts, leading to a principal repayment and causing the corresponding
weighted average life of the notes to decrease. See "RISK FACTORS--MATURITY AND
PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS."

    A higher than anticipated rate of prepayment will reduce the aggregate
discounted contract balance of the contracts more quickly than expected and
thereby result in an increase in the rate at which principal is paid to you and
reduce the aggregate interest payments you may have expected to receive on the
notes.

    The effective yield will depend upon, among other things, the amount of and
rate at which principal is paid to you. You will bear any reinvestment risks
resulting from a faster or slower incidence of prepayment of contracts. The
reinvestment risks include the risk that interest rates may be lower at the time
you receive payments from the trust than interest rates would otherwise have
been had the prepayments not been made or had the prepayments been made at a
different time. Your after-tax yield may be affected by lags between the time
interest income accrues to you and the time the related interest income is
received by you.

    The following chart sets forth the percentage of the initial principal
amount of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4
Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes, Class D Notes and Class E Notes which would
be outstanding on the distribution dates set forth below assuming a conditional
prepayment rate of 0.00%, 5.00%, 10.00%, 15.00%, 20.00% and 25.00%,

                                       37
<PAGE>
respectively. Such information is hypothetical and is set forth for illustrative
purposes only. The conditional prepayment rate assumes that a fraction of the
outstanding contracts is prepaid on each distribution date, which implies that
each contract in the pool of contracts is equally likely to prepay. This
fraction, expressed as a percentage, is annualized to arrive at the conditional
prepayment rate for the contracts. The conditional prepayment rate measures
prepayments based on the outstanding discounted contract balances of the
contracts, after the payment of all payments scheduled to be made under the
terms of the contracts during each collection period. The conditional prepayment
rate further assumes that all contracts are the same size and amortize at the
same rate and that each contract will be either paid as scheduled or prepaid in
full. The amounts set forth below are based upon the timely receipt of scheduled
monthly contract payments as of December 1, 1999, assumes that the trust
depositor exercises its option to cause a redemption of the notes when the
aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts is less than 10% of the
aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as of December 1, 1999,
and assumes the closing date for the sale of the contracts to the trust is
December 14, 1999. These tables are based upon the statistical discount rate of
7.162%. In addition, it is assumed for the purposes of these tables only, that
the trust issues the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class B,
Class C, Class D and Class E notes in an initial principal amount equal to
$93,311,414, $77,424,735, $105,363,377, $67,198,827, $4,565,138, $4,565,138,
$7,304,220, and $3,652,110, respectively, and with an interest rate of 6.10154%,
6.51000%, 6.72000%, 6.84000%, 6.89000%, 7.09000%, 7.43000% and 9.56000%,
respectively.

                                       38
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                 PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS A-1 NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Closing                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
1/14/00                   90.61%      89.08%      87.47%      85.78%      84.00%      82.11%
2/14/00                   80.49%      77.53%      74.43%      71.18%      67.78%      64.18%
3/14/00                   72.54%      68.20%      63.69%      58.98%      54.07%      48.91%
4/14/00                   62.91%      57.30%      51.49%      45.46%      39.20%      32.66%
5/14/00                   54.26%      47.44%      40.42%      33.16%      25.65%      17.86%
6/14/00                   46.38%      38.42%      30.25%      21.85%      13.20%       4.27%
7/14/00                   37.33%      28.33%      19.14%       9.72%       0.08%       0.00%
8/14/00                   27.34%      17.42%       7.32%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/00                   18.55%       7.74%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/00                   9.80%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/00                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/00                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/01                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/01                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/01                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/01                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/01                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/01                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/01                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/01                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/01                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/01                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/01                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/01                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
</TABLE>

                                       39
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                 PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS A-1 NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
9/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/02                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/02                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/02                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/03                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/03                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/03                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
Weighted Average Life
(Years)
  To Call:               0.50 yrs    0.44 yrs    0.40 yrs    0.36 yrs    0.32 yrs    0.29 yrs
</TABLE>

                                       40
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                 PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS A-2 NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Closing                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
1/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
2/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
3/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
4/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
5/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
6/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
7/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      88.16%
8/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      96.42%      83.77%      70.85%
9/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%      96.13%      82.74%      69.16%      55.36%
10/14/00                 100.00%      97.80%      83.67%      69.42%      55.02%      40.46%
11/14/00                  99.92%      85.10%      70.20%      55.24%      40.21%      25.10%
12/14/00                  90.58%      74.90%      59.23%      43.56%      27.89%      12.21%
1/14/01                   80.03%      63.66%      47.36%      31.13%      14.98%       0.00%
2/14/01                   69.35%      52.38%      35.55%      18.88%       2.37%       0.00%
3/14/01                   60.71%      43.10%      25.72%       8.58%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/01                   50.14%      32.09%      14.36%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/01                   40.57%      22.11%       4.04%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/01                   32.46%      13.55%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/01                   23.36%       4.15%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/01                   14.23%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/01                    5.54%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/01                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/01                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/01                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/02                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/02                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/02                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
</TABLE>

                                       41
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                 PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS A-2 NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
12/14/02                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/03                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/03                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/03                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
Weighted Average Life
(Years)
  To Call:               1.39 yrs    1.24 yrs    1.11 yrs    1.00 yrs    0.91 yrs    0.83 yrs
</TABLE>

                                       42
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                 PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS A-3 NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Closing                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
1/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
2/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
3/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
4/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
5/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
6/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
7/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
8/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
9/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
10/14/00                 100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
11/14/00                 100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
12/14/00                 100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
1/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      99.21%
2/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      89.74%
3/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      93.89%      81.67%
4/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      97.76%      85.22%      72.93%
5/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      90.00%      77.35%      65.01%
6/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%      96.42%      83.26%      70.48%      58.09%
7/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%      89.36%      76.11%      63.31%      50.96%
8/14/01                  100.00%      96.18%      82.40%      69.12%      56.34%      44.09%
9/14/01                  100.00%      89.66%      75.81%      62.52%      49.81%      37.68%
10/14/01                  98.18%      83.65%      69.73%      56.45%      43.80%      31.45%
11/14/01                  91.61%      77.06%      63.20%      50.02%      37.54%      25.02%
12/14/01                  86.30%      71.67%      57.79%      44.65%      31.96%      19.58%
1/14/02                   80.85%      66.19%      52.35%      39.31%      26.43%      14.27%
2/14/02                   74.56%      60.01%      46.33%      33.36%      20.53%       8.68%
3/14/02                   69.90%      55.33%      41.69%      28.53%      15.85%       4.22%
4/14/02                   64.90%      50.38%      36.85%      23.56%      11.10%       0.00%
5/14/02                   59.60%      45.21%      31.54%      18.49%       6.32%       0.00%
6/14/02                   55.33%      40.99%      27.16%      14.28%       2.31%       0.00%
7/14/02                   51.03%      36.78%      22.83%      10.13%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/02                   46.36%      31.99%      18.27%       5.84%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/02                   42.54%      28.03%      14.45%       2.21%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/02                  38.65%      24.03%      10.65%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
</TABLE>

                                       43
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                 PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS A-3 NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
11/14/02                  34.37%      19.80%       6.67%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/02                  30.46%      16.07%       3.15%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/03                   26.47%      12.30%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/03                   22.26%       8.36%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/03                   18.62%       4.95%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/03                   14.72%       1.33%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/03                   11.10%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/03                    7.65%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/03                    4.39%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/03                    0.70%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/03                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/03                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/03                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/03                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/04                    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
Weighted Average Life
(Years)
  To Call:               2.69 yrs    2.43 yrs    2.21 yrs    2.00 yrs    1.83 yrs    1.67 yrs
</TABLE>

                                       44
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                 PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS A-4 NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Closing                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
1/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
2/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
3/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
4/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
5/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
6/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
7/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
8/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
9/14/00                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
10/14/00                 100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
11/14/00                 100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
12/14/00                 100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
1/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
2/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
3/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
4/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
5/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
6/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
7/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
8/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
9/14/01                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
10/14/01                 100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
11/14/01                 100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
12/14/01                 100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
1/14/02                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
2/14/02                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
3/14/02                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
4/14/02                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      99.58%
5/14/02                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      92.57%
6/14/02                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      86.67%
7/14/02                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      97.49%      80.97%
8/14/02                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      91.22%      75.20%
</TABLE>

                                       45
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                 PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS A-4 NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
9/14/02                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      85.90%      70.28%
10/14/02                 100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      97.86%      80.69%      65.51%
11/14/02                 100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      92.06%      75.37%      60.71%
12/14/02                 100.00%     100.00%     100.00%      86.93%      70.66%      56.45%
1/14/03                  100.00%     100.00%      99.41%      81.84%      66.03%      52.29%
2/14/03                  100.00%     100.00%      93.72%      76.65%      61.37%      48.16%
3/14/03                  100.00%     100.00%      88.76%      72.13%      57.29%      44.54%
4/14/03                  100.00%     100.00%      83.59%      67.46%      53.14%       0.00%
5/14/03                  100.00%      96.86%      78.82%      63.17%      49.33%       0.00%
6/14/03                  100.00%      91.87%      74.29%      59.11%      45.75%       0.00%
7/14/03                  100.00%      87.19%      70.05%      55.33%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/03                  100.00%      81.98%      65.42%      51.26%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/03                   96.11%      77.47%      61.40%      47.73%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/03                  91.33%      73.17%      57.58%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/03                  86.59%      68.95%      53.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/03                  81.85%      64.74%      50.19%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/04                   77.57%      60.95%      46.88%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/04                   73.25%      57.16%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/04                   69.16%      53.59%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/04                   65.56%      50.43%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/04                   61.94%      47.29%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/04                   58.83%      44.57%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/04                   55.87%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/04                   50.54%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/04                   47.96%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/04                  45.41%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
Weighted Average Life
(Years)
  To Call:               4.55 yrs    4.21 yrs    3.85 yrs    3.54 yrs    3.28 yrs    3.03 yrs
</TABLE>

                                       46
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                  PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS B NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Closing                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
1/14/00                   97.45%      97.03%      96.59%      96.14%      95.65%      95.14%
2/14/00                   94.70%      93.89%      93.05%      92.17%      91.24%      90.26%
3/14/00                   92.54%      91.36%      90.13%      88.85%      87.51%      86.11%
4/14/00                   89.92%      88.39%      86.82%      85.18%      83.47%      81.70%
5/14/00                   87.57%      85.71%      83.81%      81.83%      79.79%      77.67%
6/14/00                   85.42%      83.26%      81.04%      78.76%      76.41%      73.98%
7/14/00                   82.97%      80.52%      78.02%      75.46%      72.84%      70.15%
8/14/00                   80.25%      77.55%      74.81%      72.01%      69.16%      66.25%
9/14/00                   77.86%      74.92%      71.95%      68.93%      65.86%      62.75%
10/14/00                  75.48%      72.32%      69.14%      65.92%      62.67%      59.39%
11/14/00                  72.80%      69.46%      66.10%      62.73%      59.33%      55.93%
12/14/00                  70.69%      67.16%      63.62%      60.09%      56.56%      53.02%
1/14/01                   68.32%      64.62%      60.95%      57.29%      53.65%      50.02%
2/14/01                   65.91%      62.08%      58.28%      54.52%      50.80%      47.12%
3/14/01                   63.96%      59.99%      56.07%      52.20%      48.39%      44.64%
4/14/01                   61.57%      57.50%      53.50%      49.58%      45.73%      41.96%
5/14/01                   59.42%      55.25%      51.18%      47.20%      43.31%      39.53%
6/14/01                   57.59%      53.32%      49.17%      45.13%      41.20%      37.40%
7/14/01                   55.53%      51.20%      47.00%      42.93%      39.00%      35.22%
8/14/01                   53.48%      49.09%      44.86%      40.79%      36.87%      33.11%
9/14/01                   51.51%      47.09%      42.84%      38.76%      34.86%      31.14%
10/14/01                  49.71%      45.25%      40.98%      36.90%      33.02%      30.48%
11/14/01                  47.69%      43.23%      38.97%      34.93%      31.10%      30.48%
12/14/01                  46.06%      41.57%      37.31%      33.28%      30.64%      30.48%
1/14/02                   44.39%      39.89%      35.64%      31.64%      30.64%      30.48%
2/14/02                   42.46%      37.99%      33.79%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
3/14/02                   41.03%      36.56%      32.37%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
4/14/02                   39.49%      35.04%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
5/14/02                   37.87%      33.45%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
6/14/02                   36.56%      32.16%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
7/14/02                   35.24%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
8/14/02                   33.80%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
9/14/02                   32.63%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
10/14/02                  31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
11/14/02                  30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
</TABLE>

                                       47
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                  PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS B NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
12/14/02                  30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
1/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
2/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
3/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%      30.48%
4/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%       0.00%
5/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%       0.00%
6/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      30.64%       0.00%
7/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/03                  30.15%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/03                  30.15%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/03                  30.15%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/04                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/04                   30.15%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/04                   30.15%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/04                   30.15%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/04                   30.15%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/04                   30.15%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/04                   30.15%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/04                   30.15%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/04                   30.15%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/04                  30.15%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
Weighted Average Life
(Years)
  To Call:               2.41 yrs    2.22 yrs    2.01 yrs    1.83 yrs    1.70 yrs    1.57 yrs
</TABLE>

                                       48
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                  PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS C NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Closing                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
1/14/00                   97.45%      97.03%      96.59%      96.14%      95.65%      95.14%
2/14/00                   94.70%      93.89%      93.05%      92.17%      91.24%      90.26%
3/14/00                   92.54%      91.36%      90.13%      88.85%      87.51%      86.11%
4/14/00                   89.92%      88.39%      86.82%      85.18%      83.47%      81.70%
5/14/00                   87.57%      85.71%      83.81%      81.83%      79.79%      77.67%
6/14/00                   85.42%      83.26%      81.04%      78.76%      76.41%      73.98%
7/14/00                   82.97%      80.52%      78.02%      75.46%      72.84%      70.15%
8/14/00                   80.25%      77.55%      74.81%      72.01%      69.16%      66.25%
9/14/00                   77.86%      74.92%      71.95%      68.93%      65.86%      62.75%
10/14/00                  75.48%      72.32%      69.14%      65.92%      62.67%      59.39%
11/14/00                  72.80%      69.46%      66.10%      62.73%      59.33%      55.93%
12/14/00                  70.69%      67.16%      63.62%      60.09%      56.56%      53.02%
1/14/01                   68.32%      64.62%      60.95%      57.29%      53.65%      50.02%
2/14/01                   65.91%      62.08%      58.28%      54.52%      50.80%      47.12%
3/14/01                   63.96%      59.99%      56.07%      52.20%      48.39%      44.64%
4/14/01                   61.57%      57.50%      53.50%      49.58%      45.73%      41.96%
5/14/01                   59.42%      55.25%      51.18%      47.20%      43.31%      39.53%
6/14/01                   57.59%      53.32%      49.17%      45.13%      41.20%      37.40%
7/14/01                   55.53%      51.20%      47.00%      42.93%      39.00%      35.22%
8/14/01                   53.48%      49.09%      44.86%      40.79%      36.87%      33.11%
9/14/01                   51.51%      47.09%      42.84%      38.76%      34.86%      31.14%
10/14/01                  49.71%      45.25%      40.98%      36.90%      33.02%      31.14%
11/14/01                  47.69%      43.23%      38.97%      34.93%      31.10%      31.14%
12/14/01                  46.06%      41.57%      37.31%      33.28%      31.10%      31.14%
1/14/02                   44.39%      39.89%      35.64%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
2/14/02                   42.46%      37.99%      33.79%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
3/14/02                   41.03%      36.56%      32.37%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
4/14/02                   39.49%      35.04%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
5/14/02                   37.87%      33.45%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
6/14/02                   36.56%      32.16%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
7/14/02                   35.24%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
8/14/02                   33.80%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
9/14/02                   32.63%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
10/14/02                  31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
</TABLE>

                                       49
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                  PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS C NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
11/14/02                  30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
12/14/02                  30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
1/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
2/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
3/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%      31.14%
4/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%       0.00%
5/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%       0.00%
6/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%      31.10%       0.00%
7/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/03                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%      29.86%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/03                  30.15%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/03                  30.15%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/03                  30.15%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/04                   30.15%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/04                   30.15%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/04                   30.15%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/04                   30.15%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/04                   30.15%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/04                   30.15%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/04                   30.15%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/04                   30.15%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/04                   30.15%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/04                  30.15%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
Weighted Average Life
(Years)
  To Call:               2.41 yrs    2.22 yrs    2.01 yrs    1.83 yrs    1.71 yrs    1.58 yrs
</TABLE>

                                       50
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                  PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS D NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Closing                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
1/14/00                   97.45%      97.03%      96.59%      96.14%      95.65%      95.14%
2/14/00                   94.70%      93.89%      93.05%      92.17%      91.24%      90.26%
3/14/00                   92.54%      91.36%      90.13%      88.85%      87.51%      86.11%
4/14/00                   89.92%      88.39%      86.82%      85.18%      83.47%      81.70%
5/14/00                   87.57%      85.71%      83.81%      81.83%      79.79%      77.67%
6/14/00                   85.42%      83.26%      81.04%      78.76%      76.41%      73.98%
7/14/00                   82.97%      80.52%      78.02%      75.46%      72.84%      70.15%
8/14/00                   80.25%      77.55%      74.81%      72.01%      69.16%      66.25%
9/14/00                   77.86%      74.92%      71.95%      68.93%      65.86%      62.75%
10/14/00                  75.48%      72.32%      69.14%      65.92%      62.67%      59.39%
11/14/00                  72.80%      69.46%      66.10%      62.73%      59.33%      55.93%
12/14/00                  70.69%      67.16%      63.62%      60.09%      56.56%      53.02%
1/14/01                   68.32%      64.62%      60.95%      57.29%      53.65%      50.02%
2/14/01                   65.91%      62.08%      58.28%      54.52%      50.80%      47.12%
3/14/01                   63.96%      59.99%      56.07%      52.20%      48.39%      44.64%
4/14/01                   61.57%      57.50%      53.50%      49.58%      45.73%      41.96%
5/14/01                   59.42%      55.25%      51.18%      47.20%      43.31%      39.53%
6/14/01                   57.59%      53.32%      49.17%      45.13%      41.20%      37.40%
7/14/01                   55.53%      51.20%      47.00%      42.93%      39.00%      35.22%
8/14/01                   53.48%      49.09%      44.86%      40.79%      36.87%      33.11%
9/14/01                   51.51%      47.09%      42.84%      38.76%      34.86%      31.14%
10/14/01                  49.71%      45.25%      40.98%      36.90%      33.02%      31.14%
11/14/01                  47.69%      43.23%      38.97%      34.93%      31.10%      31.14%
12/14/01                  46.06%      41.57%      37.31%      33.28%      31.10%      31.14%
1/14/02                   44.39%      39.89%      35.64%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
2/14/02                   42.46%      37.99%      33.79%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
3/14/02                   41.03%      36.56%      32.37%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
4/14/02                   39.49%      35.04%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
5/14/02                   37.87%      33.45%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
6/14/02                   36.56%      32.16%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
7/14/02                   35.24%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
8/14/02                   33.80%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
9/14/02                   32.63%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
</TABLE>

                                       51
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                  PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS D NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
10/14/02                  31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
11/14/02                  30.67%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
12/14/02                  30.67%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
1/14/03                   30.67%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
2/14/03                   30.67%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
3/14/03                   30.67%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%      31.14%
4/14/03                   30.67%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%       0.00%
5/14/03                   30.67%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%       0.00%
6/14/03                   30.67%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%      31.10%       0.00%
7/14/03                   30.67%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/03                   30.67%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/03                   30.67%      30.86%      30.89%      30.52%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/03                  30.67%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/03                  30.67%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/03                  30.67%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/04                   30.67%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/04                   30.67%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/04                   30.67%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/04                   30.67%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/04                   30.67%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/04                   30.67%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/04                   30.67%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/04                   30.67%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/04                   30.67%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/04                  30.67%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
Weighted Average Life
(Years)
  To Call:               2.42 yrs    2.22 yrs    2.01 yrs    1.84 yrs    1.71 yrs    1.58 yrs
</TABLE>

                                       52
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                  PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS E NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Closing                  100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
1/14/00                   97.45%      97.03%      96.59%      96.14%      95.65%      95.14%
2/14/00                   94.70%      93.89%      93.05%      92.17%      91.24%      90.26%
3/14/00                   92.54%      91.36%      90.13%      88.85%      87.51%      86.11%
4/14/00                   89.92%      88.39%      86.82%      85.18%      83.47%      81.70%
5/14/00                   87.57%      85.71%      83.81%      81.83%      79.79%      77.67%
6/14/00                   85.42%      83.26%      81.04%      78.76%      76.41%      73.98%
7/14/00                   82.97%      80.52%      78.02%      75.46%      72.84%      70.15%
8/14/00                   80.25%      77.55%      74.81%      72.01%      69.16%      66.25%
9/14/00                   77.86%      74.92%      71.95%      68.93%      65.86%      62.75%
10/14/00                  75.48%      72.32%      69.14%      65.92%      62.67%      59.39%
11/14/00                  72.80%      69.46%      66.10%      62.73%      59.33%      55.93%
12/14/00                  70.69%      67.16%      63.62%      60.09%      56.56%      53.02%
1/14/01                   68.32%      64.62%      60.95%      57.29%      53.65%      50.02%
2/14/01                   65.91%      62.08%      58.28%      54.52%      50.80%      47.12%
3/14/01                   63.96%      59.99%      56.07%      52.20%      48.39%      44.64%
4/14/01                   61.57%      57.50%      53.50%      49.58%      45.73%      41.96%
5/14/01                   59.42%      55.25%      51.18%      47.20%      43.31%      39.53%
6/14/01                   57.59%      53.32%      49.17%      45.13%      41.20%      37.40%
7/14/01                   55.53%      51.20%      47.00%      42.93%      39.00%      35.22%
8/14/01                   53.48%      49.09%      44.86%      40.79%      36.87%      33.11%
9/14/01                   51.51%      47.09%      42.84%      38.76%      34.86%      31.14%
10/14/01                  49.71%      45.25%      40.98%      36.90%      33.02%      31.14%
11/14/01                  47.69%      43.23%      38.97%      34.93%      31.10%      31.14%
12/14/01                  46.06%      41.57%      37.31%      33.28%      31.10%      31.14%
1/14/02                   44.39%      39.89%      35.64%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
2/14/02                   42.46%      37.99%      33.79%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
3/14/02                   41.03%      36.56%      32.37%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
4/14/02                   39.49%      35.04%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
5/14/02                   37.87%      33.45%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
6/14/02                   36.56%      32.16%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
7/14/02                   35.24%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
8/14/02                   33.80%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
9/14/02                   32.63%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
10/14/02                  31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
11/14/02                  31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
12/14/02                  31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
1/14/03                   31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
</TABLE>

                                       53
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                  PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS E NOTES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                     AT THE CONDITIONAL PREPAYMENT RATES SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
                          0% CPR      5% CPR     10% CPR     15% CPR     20% CPR     25% CPR
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
2/14/03                   31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
3/14/03                   31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%      31.14%
4/14/03                   31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%       0.00%
5/14/03                   31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%       0.00%
6/14/03                   31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%      31.10%       0.00%
7/14/03                   31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/03                   31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/03                   31.44%      30.86%      30.89%      31.64%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/03                  31.44%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/03                  31.44%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/03                  31.44%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
1/14/04                   31.44%      30.86%      30.89%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
2/14/04                   31.44%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
3/14/04                   31.44%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
4/14/04                   31.44%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
5/14/04                   31.44%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
6/14/04                   31.44%      30.86%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
7/14/04                   31.44%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
8/14/04                   31.44%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
9/14/04                   31.44%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
10/14/04                  31.44%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
11/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
12/14/04                   0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
Weighted Average Life
(Years)
  To Call:               2.43 yrs    2.22 yrs    2.01 yrs    1.85 yrs    1.71 yrs    1.58 yrs
</TABLE>

                                       54
<PAGE>
                             WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE

    If the trust depositor does not exercise its option to cause a redemption of
the notes when the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts is
less than 10% of the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as
of December 1, 1999, the average life of the each class of notes would be as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             WEIGHTED       WEIGHTED       WEIGHTED       WEIGHTED       WEIGHTED       WEIGHTED
                           AVERAGE LIFE   AVERAGE LIFE   AVERAGE LIFE   AVERAGE LIFE   AVERAGE LIFE   AVERAGE LIFE
                             ASSUMING       ASSUMING       ASSUMING       ASSUMING       ASSUMING       ASSUMING
                              0.00%          5.00%          10.00%         15.00%         20.00%         25.00%
                           CONDITIONAL    CONDITIONAL    CONDITIONAL    CONDITIONAL    CONDITIONAL    CONDITIONAL
                            PREPAYMENT     PREPAYMENT     PREPAYMENT     PREPAYMENT     PREPAYMENT     PREPAYMENT
CLASS                          RATE           RATE           RATE           RATE           RATE           RATE
- -----                      ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
A-1......................    0.50 yrs       0.44 yrs       0.40 yrs       0.36 yrs       0.32 yrs       0.29 yrs
A-2......................    1.39 yrs       1.24 yrs       1.11 yrs       1.00 yrs       0.91 yrs       0.83 yrs
A-3......................    2.69 yrs       2.43 yrs       2.21 yrs       2.00 yrs       1.83 yrs       1.67 yrs
A-4......................    4.94 yrs       4.59 yrs       4.25 yrs       3.92 yrs       3.62 yrs       3.33 yrs
B........................    2.98 yrs       2.84 yrs       2.71 yrs       2.51 yrs       2.37 yrs       2.19 yrs
C........................    3.04 yrs       2.89 yrs       2.75 yrs       2.58 yrs       2.47 yrs       2.30 yrs
D........................    3.15 yrs       3.00 yrs       2.85 yrs       2.69 yrs       2.59 yrs       2.45 yrs
E........................    3.28 yrs       3.13 yrs       3.00 yrs       2.91 yrs       2.74 yrs       2.62 yrs
</TABLE>

    The weighted average life of a note is determined by:

    - multiplying the amount of cash distributions in reduction of the
      outstanding principal amount of such class of notes, by the number of
      years from the closing date of the sale of the contracts to the trust to
      the respective note payment date on which such class of notes is repaid in
      full;

    - adding the results; and

    - dividing the sum by the initial principal amount of such class of notes.

    The following shows the scheduled cashflows from the contracts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COLLECTION PERIOD                                            SCHEDULED CASHFLOW
- -----------------                                            ------------------
<S>                                                          <C>
December-1999..............................................    $11,505,236.23
January-2000...............................................     12,161,274.07
February-2000..............................................      9,961,663.38
March-2000.................................................     11,576,274.68
April-2000.................................................     10,549,610.31
May-2000...................................................      9,730,383.58
June-2000..................................................     10,839,556.35
July-2000..................................................     11,724,827.29
August-2000................................................     10,475,586.46
September-2000.............................................     10,388,338.78
October-2000...............................................     11,433,731.51
November-2000..............................................      9,285,163.09
December-2000..............................................     10,227,595.73
January-2001...............................................     10,282,319.23
February-2001..............................................      8,556,039.18
March-2001.................................................     10,099,620.93
April-2001.................................................      9,223,966.94
May-2001...................................................      7,981,023.98
June-2001..................................................      8,747,117.52
July-2001..................................................      8,728,474.13
</TABLE>

                                       55
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COLLECTION PERIOD                                            SCHEDULED CASHFLOW
- -----------------                                            ------------------
<S>                                                          <C>
August-2001................................................    $ 8,327,758.99
September-2001.............................................      7,719,118.19
October-2001...............................................      8,450,516.67
November-2001..............................................      6,991,149.99
December-2001..............................................      7,114,638.07
January-2002...............................................      8,014,134.17
February-2002..............................................      6,153,200.33
March-2002.................................................      6,498,666.71
April-2002.................................................      6,805,884.37
May-2002...................................................      5,609,902.54
June-2002..................................................      5,617,751.47
July-2002..................................................      5,996,507.75
August-2002................................................      5,021,268.56
September-2002.............................................      5,065,299.58
October-2002...............................................      5,372,717.34
November-2002..............................................      4,773,463.44
December-2002..............................................      4,835,532.49
January-2003...............................................      5,051,821.53
February-2003..............................................      4,409,070.61
March-2003.................................................      4,675,820.86
April-2003.................................................      4,337,683.99
May-2003...................................................      4,153,598.02
June-2003..................................................      3,925,121.40
July-2003..................................................      4,355,048.08
August-2003................................................      3,795,135.92
September-2003.............................................      3,640,741.06
October-2003...............................................      3,585,328.32
November-2003..............................................      3,577,735.39
December-2003..............................................      3,243,645.38
January-2004...............................................      3,256,046.80
February-2004..............................................      3,080,223.14
March-2004.................................................      2,734,523.60
April-2004.................................................      2,735,793.97
May-2004...................................................      2,381,832.07
June-2004..................................................      2,260,980.15
July-2004..................................................      3,844,730.98
August-2004................................................      1,977,377.91
September-2004.............................................      1,945,185.22
October-2004...............................................      1,777,622.39
November-2004..............................................      1,712,750.72
December-2004..............................................      1,751,173.78
January-2005...............................................      1,613,792.00
February-2005..............................................      1,605,262.51
March-2005.................................................      1,596,774.85
April-2005.................................................      1,584,121.65
May-2005...................................................      1,534,808.96
June-2005..................................................      1,519,752.53
July-2005..................................................      1,736,010.07
August-2005................................................      1,401,171.74
September-2005.............................................      1,382,320.31
</TABLE>

                                       56
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COLLECTION PERIOD                                            SCHEDULED CASHFLOW
- -----------------                                            ------------------
<S>                                                          <C>
October-2005...............................................    $ 1,365,781.41
November-2005..............................................      1,348,378.70
December-2005..............................................      1,443,557.56
January-2006...............................................      1,298,522.07
February-2006..............................................      1,310,745.05
March-2006.................................................      1,240,921.90
April-2006.................................................      1,780,467.15
May-2006...................................................      1,848,276.98
June-2006..................................................      1,353,252.54
July-2006..................................................        938,786.57
August-2006................................................        821,380.76
September-2006.............................................        627,895.92
October-2006...............................................        609,614.04
November-2006..............................................        560,689.04
December-2006..............................................        621,319.89
January-2007...............................................        665,937.83
February-2007..............................................        454,773.73
March-2007.................................................        400,963.57
April-2007.................................................        381,483.88
May-2007...................................................        575,641.96
June-2007..................................................        596,461.31
July-2007..................................................        477,750.54
August-2007................................................        503,492.00
September-2007.............................................          8,625.00
</TABLE>

                                       57
<PAGE>
           HELLER FINANCIAL, INC. AND HELLER FINANCIAL LEASING, INC.

GENERAL

    Heller Financial, Inc. is a Delaware corporation formed in 1919 and is
engaged in various aspects of the commercial finance business. Heller
Financial, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries employ approximately 2,500
people; its executive offices are located at 500 West Monroe Street, Chicago,
Illinois 60661 (telephone: (312) 441-7000). In May 1998, Heller Financial, Inc.
issued 38,525,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in an initial public offering.
Fuji America Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of The Fuji Bank,
Limited, owns 79% of the voting interest and 52% of the economic interest in
Heller Financial, Inc.'s issued and outstanding common stock. All of the
outstanding common stock of the Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. is owned by
Heller Financial, Inc. Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. is a non-operating
subsidiary which through the Commercial Equipment Finance and the Global Vendor
Finance business units originate contracts.

    Heller Financial, Inc. is a leading diversified commercial financial
services company which provides a broad array of financial products and services
to mid-sized and small businesses in the United States and selected
international markets. Heller Financial, Inc. provides its products and services
principally through two business segments namely, Domestic Commercial Finance
and International Corporate Finance. The Domestic Commercial Finance segment is
made up of five business units:

    - Heller Corporate Finance, which provides collateralized cash flow and
      asset based lending;

    - Heller Real Estate Financial Services, which provides secured real estate
      financing;

    - Heller Leasing Services, which provides debt and lease financing of small
      and large ticket equipment and commercial aircraft;

    - Heller Small Business Finance, which provides financing to small
      businesses, primarily under U.S. Small Business Administration loan
      programs; and

    - Heller Healthcare Finance, which provides secured financing to small and
      mid-sized healthcare companies.

Heller Financial, Inc.'s International Factoring and Asset Based Finance segment
provides factoring services and loans secured primarily by receivables,
inventory and equipment through its wholly-owned subsidiaries and joint
ventures. Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. is made up of three distinct units:
Global Vendor Finance, Commercial Equipment Finance and Capital Finance.

    Heller Financial, Inc. primarily serves middle-market businesses. The
middle-market segment served includes entities primarily in the manufacturing
and service sectors with annual sales in the range of $15 million to
$200 million and in the real estate sector with property values typically in the
range of $5 million to $40 million.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,           AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                        -----------------------   ------------------------------
                                           1999         1998        1998       1997       1996
                                        ----------   ----------   --------   --------   --------
                                              (UNAUDITED)                 (IN BILLIONS)
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
Total Assets..........................     $17.7        $14.8      $14.4      $12.9       $9.9
Total Liabilities.....................     $15.4        $13.0      $12.4      $11.1       $8.4
Total Stockholders' Equity............     $ 2.3        $ 1.8      $ 2.0      $ 1.7       $1.5
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         FOR THE NINE MONTHS         FOR THE FISCAL YEAR
                                         ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,          ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        ---------------------   ------------------------------
                                          1999        1998        1998       1997       1996
                                        ---------   ---------   --------   --------   --------
                                             (UNAUDITED)                (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
Total Revenues........................    $ 688       $ 576      $ 783       $754       $533
Net Income............................    $ 175       $ 146      $ 193       $158       $133
</TABLE>

                                       58
<PAGE>
    Heller Financial, Inc. and Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. originated or
purchased the contracts under two separate operating units: Commercial Equipment
Finance and Global Vendor Finance. Originations from either Commercial Equipment
Finance or Global Vendor Finance must meet Heller Financial, Inc.'s Credit Risk
Management System as described below.

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

    Heller Financial, Inc.'s Credit Risk Management System provides credit
functions within the originators' origination groups, including Commercial
Equipment Finance and Global Vendor Finance, as well as credit oversight at
Heller Financial, Inc.'s corporate level. The system provides established,
consistent and documented credit policies at both the corporate and group level.
The first line of credit risk management is the origination groups where
substantially all originations, due diligence and primary credit analysis are
performed. Credit determinations are separate from origination and are staffed
with experienced credit and portfolio officers in the origination groups.

    Oversight over the credit process at Heller Financial, Inc.'s corporate
level is headed by Heller Financial, Inc.'s Chief Credit Officer. The Chief
Credit Officer is responsible for ensuring that the credit risk management
system is appropriately implemented. Heller Financial, Inc.'s Chief Credit
Officer approves all new transactions and modifications that exceed origination
group authority. Additionally, Heller Financial's Credit Committee approves new
lending programs and performs ongoing reviews of existing lending programs and
strategies as well as identifies strategic credit issues, including review of
the portfolio mix, and the credit policies and procedures throughout Heller
Financial, Inc.

    The Credit Risk Management System emphasizes active portfolio management in
an effort to ensure:

    - individual accounts are appropriately managed;

    - portfolio reporting to management is accurate and timely; and

    - problem accounts are identified and reported on a timely basis to ensure
      prompt corrective action.

    Each origination group has portfolio practices which enhance early
identification of account issues through account performance analysis, risk
rating systems and regular group portfolio reviews. Management of risk accounts
is transferred to corporate workout specialists where appropriate. Quarterly or
semi-annual portfolio reviews are held with the Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Credit Officer. Heller Financial, Inc.'s Internal Audit Department
performs extensive loan reviews on an independent basis to ensure:

    - compliance with group and corporate credit policies and procedures;

    - the integrity of the risk ratings;

    - the effectiveness of problem loan identification; and

    - the adequacy of loan loss reserves.

    As servicer, Heller Financial, Inc. will continue to apply its Credit Risk
Management System to the management of the contracts that have been sold to the
trust.

GLOBAL VENDOR FINANCE

    GENERAL DESCRIPTION.

    Global Vendor Finance was formed in 1998 by the combination of the existing
Vendor Finance unit and U.S. assets of the Dealer Products Group of Dana
Commercial Credit Corporation and the

                                       59
<PAGE>
stock of Dealer Products Group's international subsidiaries which were acquired
by Heller Financial, Inc. on November 30, 1998. Global Vendor Finance provides
customized sales financing programs that enable vendors and manufacturers in
commercial, industrial, medical, information and technology markets to offer
financing and leasing options to their customers. These programs are often made
with partial, or in some cases, full recourse from the vendor. This unit also
provides a wide range of financing options to independent leasing companies,
including term financing, residual financing and private securitization
structures. The Global Vendor Finance portfolio is well diversified with an
average transaction size of $350,000 excluding newly acquired Dealer Products
Group which has an average transaction size of $10,000. In 1998, Global Vendor
Finance generated approximately $792 million in new business volume. As of
September 30, 1999 year to date new business volume was $440 million.

    GLOBAL VENDOR FINANCE'S CREDIT ANALYSIS.

    The primary factors used by Global Vendor Finance in its credit analysis are
the following, listed in order of importance:

    (1) vendor support and the originator's reliance on such support;

    (2) the credit strength of the underlying end-user of the equipment or
       software; and

    (3) the value of the equipment.

    The credit analysis involves finding an appropriate balance between these
factors.

    The following discipline is applied to all Global Vendor Finance
originations:

    - a complete underwriting is required for each new vendor finance program
      evaluating financial information, equipment value, quality of obligor
      customer base, review of relevant industry data and the value of recourse,

    - tiered credit approval authorities have been implemented for each vendor
      program and the transactions originated under such programs,

    - a comprehensive credit policies and procedures manual is maintained to
      ensure consistent compliance with the originator's credit standards,

    - an independent internal audit function exists within Global Vendor Finance
      to conduct due diligence on new client relationships and which conducts
      ongoing audits of the client relationship,

    - financial performance of each vendor is periodically reviewed,

    - Global Vendor Finance's portfolio is reviewed semiannually with the
      originator's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Credit Officer, and

    - there is an independent internal audit function.

    COLLECTION PROCESS/VENDOR RECOURSE.

    The vendor finance programs usually provide for some form of credit support
or recourse to the vendor. Vendor recourse ranges from limited remarketing
assistance to full recourse programs. Vendor credit support includes direct
recourse, holdbacks, funded reserves, remarketing agreements as well as
representations and warranties provided in the contract documentation. Direct
vendor recourse may be provided with respect to a "POOL" of numerous underlying
transactions or on an individual, transaction-by-transaction basis. In some
circumstances the vendor and/or another leasing company originates, documents
and performs servicing while in other circumstances the originators originate,
document and perform servicing with respect to the contracts. The vendor may
generate documents

                                       60
<PAGE>
and the bills as well as collect payments from the end-user and remit payment to
the servicer. In such instances the servicer's involvement is transparent to the
end-user and is motivated by a variety of vendor marketing considerations. In
other situations, the vendor simply originates the contract and the servicer
performs the servicing with respect to such contract. In general, the servicing
function of the vendor is an important factor in the pricing characteristics for
the respective vendor finance program. A write-down or write-off of a loan or
lease receivable is governed by Heller Financial, Inc. policy, with the amount
of the write-off or write-down based on the principal amount outstanding; plus
unpaid service charges which have not been suspended; less the fair market value
of collateral or the amount of dealer/vendor recourse. Accounts are reviewed and
appropriate write-offs made when an obligor is past due or when an obligor is in
bankruptcy.

    In those situations in which the vendor is providing a substantial portion
of the servicing functions, the servicer undertakes extensive due diligence with
respect to the vendor's internal operating procedures with additional emphasis
on billing, collection, reporting and remittance. The due diligence analysis
will take on various levels of scrutiny depending on the degree of servicing
handled by the vendor, the vendor's credit strength, the volume generated by the
vendor, and the history and relationship with the vendor.

COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT FINANCE

    GENERAL DESCRIPTION.

    Commercial Equipment Finance offers expansion, replacement and modernization
equipment financing directly to a broad range of industries where the financing
is primarily collateralized by the financed equipment. In addition to direct
origination, Commercial Equipment Finance generates business through traditional
broker and intermediary channels. The portfolio is well diversified with
financings that typically range from $500,000 to $15 million. As of
December 31, 1997 the average transaction size was approximately $4 million. New
business volume in 1998 was approximately $600 million representing a 11%
increase over 1997 and, as of September 30, 1999, year to date new business
volume was $433 million.

    COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT FINANCE CREDIT ANALYSIS.

    Commercial Equipment Finance's approach to lending concentrates on three
critical factors:

    - cash flow of the obligor--meaning Commercial Equipment Finance evaluates
      the quality of the underlying obligor's cash flow by analyzing the related
      industry dynamics, such obligor's competitive strengths and weaknesses,
      the role of external factors in such obligor's business as well as the
      financial profile of the obligor,

    - the importance/value of the equipment to the obligor's overall
      operations--in a downside/ workout scenario, the more important/valuable
      the equipment, the more likely it is that the originator will be paid, and

    - the originator's position in the overall capital structure of the
      obligor--the smaller the role that Commercial Equipment Finance plays in a
      company's overall capital structure, the more likely it is that the
      originator will be paid in a negative economic environment.

    Notwithstanding the type of program or related credit analysis, the
following discipline is applied to all Commercial Equipment Finance
originations:

    - the Commercial Equipment Finance credit approval process requires complete
      financial due diligence, collateral review, management/strategy
      evaluation, review of all industry relevant data as well as review of all
      legal aspects of the credit,

    - reliance on the Commercial Equipment Finance Policy Manual,

                                       61
<PAGE>
    - approval authority tiered to provide prompt responses to the customer at
      lower exposure levels and ensure divisional involvement at higher exposure
      levels; all regional office origination is approved by both the region
      manager and the area region credit manager,

    - quarterly/annual financial reviews of each account are prepared by
      Commercial Equipment Finance credit staff,

    - quarterly reviews of the portfolio are conducted with the Chief Executive
      Officer and Chief Credit Officer of the originator,

    - monthly distribution of key reports relating to delinquency and risk
      ratings changes to the originator's senior management to ensure prompt
      communication of material credit issues, and

    - industry and geographic diversity is maintained with respect to Commercial
      Equipment Finance's originations.

    COLLECTION/SERVICING.

    A delinquency report for each region must be prepared by a region credit
manager on a monthly basis. Heller Financial's key to successful resolution of a
problem contract is early recognition. Each region is responsible for detecting
signs of potential problem contracts through proactive portfolio management,
including review of delinquency reports, the financial statement and covenant
compliance checklist for each account, account risk rating memos, flash reports,
annual reviews, and the quarterly portfolio reviews held in Chicago. Within ten
business days of the point in time at which an account is both 60 days past due
or delinquent and is put on a "WATCH LIST", an in-person collateral inspection
must be performed. If an in-person inspection is impractical, an updated Uniform
Commercial Code search must be performed within the same ten day period.

    Commercial Equipment Finance transactions are required to contain a
provision for assessing late charges in the event that an obligor fails to make
a payment on the contract on the related due date. The charge is usually between
1% and 5% of the amount due and is incurred within one to fifteen days after the
due date depending upon the documentation. An account is delinquent when a
payment is not made according to contract terms. A write-down or write-off of a
loan or lease receivable is governed by Heller Financial, Inc. policy, with the
amount of the write-off or write-down based on the principal amount outstanding;
plus unpaid service charges which have not been suspended; less the fair market
value of collateral or the amount of dealer/vendor recourse. Accounts are
reviewed and appropriate write-offs made when an obligor is past due or when an
obligor is in bankruptcy.

    All obligors are required by the terms of the contracts to maintain the
equipment and install the equipment at a place of business approved by
Commercial Equipment Finance personnel. Delivery, transportation, repairs and
maintenance are obligations of obligors, and obligors are required to carry, at
their own expense, liability and replacement cost insurance under terms
acceptable to Commercial Equipment Finance. Any lease payment defaults permit
Commercial Equipment Finance to declare immediately due and payable all
remaining lease payments. At the end of a lease term, lessees must return the
leased equipment to the originator in good working order unless the lease is
renewed or the leased equipment is purchased by the obligor.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    Heller Financial, Inc. is not subject to any legal proceedings that could
have a material adverse impact on its operations or its consolidated financial
condition.

                                       62
<PAGE>
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

    Heller Financial, Inc. has adopted a phased approach to assessing and, where
necessary, remediating or otherwise addressing, year 2000 issues. Phases
include:

    - awareness, which, while ongoing, is substantially complete;

    - assessment, which was substantially completed in 1998 with respect to
      information technology systems and potential issues relating to borrowers,
      vendors, international affiliates and environmental factors, and
      substantially completed in the first nine months of 1999 for similar
      matters relating to acquired assets;

    - remediation or implementation of contingency solutions, which is
      substantially complete for all information technology systems deemed
      mission-critical, and is scheduled for completion in 1999 for all other
      matters; and

    - validation, which is substantially complete for the mission-critical
      information technology systems and information technology infrastructure,
      and will continue throughout 1999 for all other matters. As part of the
      validation process, we continue to assess the need for any re-verification
      of client server hardware and software represented as compliant by the
      vendor.

    In addition to information technology systems, Heller Financial, Inc.
continues to assess and monitor potential year 2000 impacts on its material
vendors and borrowers, as well as year 2000 issues relating to environmental
factors such as facilities and general utilities.

    With respect to vendors, Heller Financial, Inc. has categorized vendors with
reference to materiality and availability of other sources for the provided
services and supplies. It has made inquiry of those vendors deemed material.
Responses are reviewed to assess the need for any follow-up action. This
assessment is substantially complete, and all resulting remediation or
contingency solutions are scheduled for completion during 1999.

    With respect to borrowers, a year 2000 risk assessment has been incorporated
in Heller Financial, Inc.'s underwriting and portfolio management activities in
order to evaluate exposure due to any lack of compliance on the part of
borrowers. The company categorizes prospective and existing borrowers by level
of year 2000 risk, and is underwriting new transactions and managing portfolio
accounts accordingly.

    Finally, the company has incorporated year 2000 contingency planning into
its overall business resumption program in consideration of facilities and other
environmental factors as well as with respect to mission-critical processes. The
planning component of this effort has been completed. Implementation is underway
and remains scheduled for completion by the beginning of December 1999.

    The company has incurred approximately $15 million to date of expenses
related to year 2000 issue and estimates that it will incur an additional amount
of approximately $4 million through the end of the project. The company will
expense remediation, compliance, maintenance and modification costs as incurred.

    The company continues to bear some risk related to the year 2000 issue and
could be materially adversely affected if its own remediation and contingency
planning efforts fall behind schedule or if third parties with whom the company
has material relationships (e.g., vendors, including those providing contingency
plans or outsourced technology services such as mainframe and application
support, borrowers and power companies) do not appropriately address their own
year 2000 compliance issues.

                                       63
<PAGE>
                                   THE TRUST

    The trust has been organized as a business trust under the laws of the State
of Delaware under the Trust Agreement. The Trust was formed solely for the
purpose of effectuating the transactions described in this prospectus. Prior to
formation, we had no assets or obligations and no operating history. Upon
formation, we will not engage in any business activity other than:

    (1) acquiring, managing and holding the contracts and related interests
       described in this prospectus,

    (2) issuing the notes and certificate,

    (3) making distributions and payments on the notes and certificate, and

    (4) engaging in those activities, including entering into agreements, that
       are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the above listed
       activities or are incidental to those activities.

As a consequence, we do not expect to have any source of capital resources other
than the assets transferred to the trust as described in this prospectus. As of
the date of this prospectus, neither the trust depositor nor the trust is
subject to any legal proceedings.

    If the issuance and sale of the notes had taken place on December 1, 1999
the capitalization of the trust would consist solely of the notes with an
aggregate principal amount of $363,384,959 and a certificate with a $1,826,054
balance.

    The trust depositor has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with
respect to the notes offered by this prospectus. For further information, you
should read the registration statement. The registration statement may be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Securities and Exchange Commission at the following locations:

<TABLE>
<S>                     <C>                           <C>
450 Fifth Street, N.W.  Citicorp Center               Seven World Trade Center
Room 1024               500 West Madison, Suite 1400  Suite 1300
Washington, D.C. 20549  Chicago, Illinois 60661       New York, New York 10048
</TABLE>

    You may obtain copies of the registration statement for a fee from the
Public Reference Branch of the Securities and Exchange Commission at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. The Securities and Exchange Commission
also maintains a public access site on the Internet through the World Wide Web
at which you may view reports, information statements and other information,
including all electronic filings, regarding the trust depositor and the trust.
The Internet address of the World Wide Web site is http://www.sec.gov. The
servicer, on behalf of the trust, will also file or cause to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission the periodic reports required under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder. Copies of those reports can
be obtained as described above.

                                       64
<PAGE>
                              THE TRUST DEPOSITOR

    The trust depositor is a wholly-owned bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of Heller
Financial, Inc. The trust depositor was formed solely for the purpose of
acquiring from the originators contracts as well as other financial assets and
either issuing debt securities secured by identifiable fixed or revolving pools
of financial assets, or conveying or depositing the same into trusts or other
securitization vehicles. As a bankruptcy-remote entity, the trust depositor's
operations will be restricted so that it does not engage in business with, or
incur liabilities to, any other entity other than the indenture trustee and
other trustees and agents on behalf of other investors in nonrecourse,
asset-backed financings. The restrictions are intended to prevent the trust
depositor from engaging in business with other entities which may bring
bankruptcy proceedings against the trust depositor. The restrictions are also
intended to reduce the risk that the trust depositor will be consolidated into
the bankruptcy proceedings of any other entity.

    The trust depositor will have no other assets available to pay amounts owing
under the indenture except the trust's assets, including the contracts and the
security interests in the equipment, the proceeds of the contracts and earnings
on the amounts on deposit in the collection account. The trust depositor's
address is 500 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661, and its phone number
is (312) 441-7246.

                                       65
<PAGE>
                     DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE

    The statements under this caption describe all of the material terms of the
notes and an indenture, dated as of December 1, 1999, between the trust and the
indenture trustee. However, these statements are summaries. For a more detailed
description of the terms of the notes, you should read the sale and servicing
agreement and the indenture, the forms of which have been filed as exhibits to
the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

GENERAL

    The offered notes will consist of six classes, the Class A-1 Notes, the
Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, Class B Notes and the
Class C Notes. The Class D Notes and Class E Notes are not being offered and
sold pursuant to this prospectus. The notes will be issued under the indenture.

    The offered notes will be available for purchase in minimum denominations of
$1,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in book-entry form. The Class A-1
Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes, Class B Notes and
Class C Notes will initially be represented by one or more certificates
registered in the name of the nominee of The Depository Trust Company, except as
set forth below. Payments on the notes will be made as described below to the
noteholders in whose names the notes were registered at the close of business on
the day immediately preceding the day in which such payments will be made.
However, the final payment on the notes offered hereby will be made only upon
presentation and surrender of the notes. All payments with respect to the
principal of and interest on the notes will be made in immediately available
funds. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE--BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION".

    The indenture trustee will be granted a first priority lien on the trust's
assets to secure the notes; PROVIDED, that distributions on the notes will be
allocated as provided in "--ALLOCATIONS". The notes are nonrecourse obligations
of the trust only and do not represent interests in or obligations of the
originators, the servicer or the trust depositor, or any affiliate of such
persons.

INTEREST AND PRINCIPAL

    Interest on the notes will be payable on the fourteenth day of each calendar
month, or if that day is not a business day, the next business day, beginning on
January 14, 2000 until the notes have been paid in full or have matured.
Interest on the offered notes will be paid at the respective rates specified on
the cover of this prospectus. Interest on each class of notes will accrue at the
interest rate specified for the class, for the period from and including the
most recent date on which interest has been paid. However, in the case of the
initial interest payment date, interest will accrue from the closing date for
the initial transfer of the contracts to the trust to but excluding the
following payment date. The interest will accrue on the outstanding principal
amount of the notes as of the first day of the interest accrual period.

    The stated maturity dates of the offered notes are specified on the cover of
this prospectus. However, if all payments on the contracts are made as
scheduled, final payment with respect to the notes would occur prior to stated
maturity. If the Class A-1 Notes have not been paid in full on or before the
December 2000 payment date, the payment date for the Class A-1 Notes in
January 2001 will be January 6, 2001. Prior to the respective stated maturity
dates, amounts to be applied in reduction of the outstanding principal amount of
any note, including the payment of the Class A Principal Payment Amount,
Class B Principal Payment Amount, Class C Principal Payment Amount, Class D
Principal Payment Amount or Class E Principal Payment Amount payable on any
payment date, will not be due and payable, although the failure of the trust
depositor or servicer to remit any amounts available for payment on the notes
will, after the applicable grace period, constitute an event of default under
the indenture. See "--EVENTS OF DEFAULT".

                                       66
<PAGE>
    We will pay interest and principal on the notes using amounts representing
primarily collections of payments due under the contracts and amounts received
upon prepayment or purchase of the contracts or liquidation of the contracts and
disposition of the related equipment upon defaults thereunder, but only after we
use those amounts to repay servicer advances. See "--AMOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR
PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES" and "THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT--SERVICING STANDARD
AND SERVICER ADVANCES".

AMOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES

    As of any payment date which shall be the fourteenth day of each calendar
month, the amounts available for payment of interest and principal consist of:

    - except for Excluded Amounts, all amounts on deposit in the collection
      account as of the third business day immediately preceding the payment
      date on account of scheduled payments due on or before, and prepayments
      received on or before, the last day of the immediately preceding
      collection period;

    - recoveries on account of previously defaulted contracts received during
      the preceding collection period, including proceeds of repossessed
      equipment or other security or other property, insurance proceeds, amounts
      representing late fees and penalties and amounts subsequently received
      from the related vendor, net of collection and liquidation expenses;

    - amounts held from time to time in the collection account, together with
      investment earnings credited to the collection account and the reserve
      fund;

    - late charges relating to a contract received during the preceding
      collection period, provided that the late charges were included in the
      contract's terms as of the applicable cutoff date;

    - funds on deposit in the reserve fund in the amount specified in "RESERVE
      FUND"; and

    - proceeds of any of the above items.

    Each collection period for purposes of determining the amounts available for
distribution on the notes is a monthly period that begins on the second day of
each calendar month and ends on and includes the first day of the next following
calendar month.

    Amounts available for distribution to you will not include any amounts
payable on an account of the equipment which exceeds the sum of the scheduled
payments and late charges described above payable under the related contract.
Furthermore, the available amounts will not include amounts relating to the
residual value of equipment leased under true leases.

    Prepayments on the contracts which are treated as available amounts are:

    - optional prepayments which are partial and full prepayments, including any
      payment which the servicer has received, and expressly permitted the
      related obligor to make, in advance of its scheduled due date;

    - payments upon repurchases by the applicable originator through the trust
      depositor as a result of the breach of representations and warranties or
      covenants in the sale and servicing agreement; and

    - payments upon an optional termination of the trust.

    If the servicer permits an obligor to prepay a contract in an amount less
than its discounted contract balance plus accrued, unpaid interest at the
discount rate, the originator of the contract will make up the difference.

    "EXCLUDED AMOUNTS" means:

    - collections on deposit in the collection account or otherwise received by
      the servicer on or with respect to the contracts or related equipment,
      which collections are attributable to any taxes, fees or other charges
      imposed by any governmental authority;

    - collections representing reimbursements of insurance premiums or payments
      for services that were not financed by the originator; and

                                       67
<PAGE>
    - any proceeds from prepayments in excess of the sum of

    (1) the discounted contract balance of the prepaid contracts on the date of
       the prepayments plus any accrued and unpaid interest and

    (2) any outstanding servicer advances on those prepaid contracts.

ALLOCATIONS

    PRIOR TO AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.

    On the third business day prior to each payment date prior to the occurrence
of an event of default under the indenture, the servicer shall instruct the
indenture trustee to withdraw, and on the payment date the indenture trustee
shall withdraw, from the collection account the amounts needed to make the
following payments. See "--AMOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR PAYMENT ON THE NOTES" and
"--EVENTS OF DEFAULT". The payments listed below will be made only to the extent
there are sufficient amounts available on the payment date. We will make
payments on the fourteenth day of each calendar month, or if such day is not a
business day, the next business day, in the following order of priority:

    FIRST, to the servicer, reimbursement for the amount of any scheduled
payments on the contracts which were not received when due and which the
servicer advanced for deposit in the collection account;

    SECOND, if the servicer is no longer Heller Financial, Inc. or an affiliate
of Heller Financial, Inc., to the servicer, its monthly servicing fee for the
preceding monthly period together with any amounts in respect of the servicer's
fee that were due in respect of prior monthly periods that remain unpaid;

    THIRD, to the holders of the notes, the amounts specified in the following
table and in the order set forth in the following table:

<TABLE>
CLASS OF NOTE
RECEIVING PAYMENT                             AMOUNT TO BE PAID
- -----------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>
A-1, A-2, A-3 and
A-4....................  Interest accrued on the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes,
                         Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes at their respective
                         interest rates for the period from and including the most
                         recent date on which interest has been paid to, but
                         excluding, the current interest payment date.
B......................  Interest accrued on the Class B Notes at the Class B Note
                         interest rate for the period from and including the most
                         recent date on which interest has been paid to, but
                         excluding, the current interest payment date.
C......................  Interest accrued on the Class C Notes at the Class C Note
                         interest rate for the period from and including the most
                         recent date on which interest has been paid to, but
                         excluding, the current interest payment date.
D......................  Interest accrued on the Class D Notes at the Class D Note
                         interest rate for the period from and including the most
                         recent date on which interest has been paid to, but
                         excluding, the current interest payment date.
E......................  Interest accrued on the Class E Notes at the Class E Note
                         interest rate for the period from and including the most
                         recent date on which interest has been paid to, but
                         excluding, the current interest payment date.
A-1....................  The Class A Principal Payment Amount, until the outstanding
                         principal of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to $0.
</TABLE>

                                       68
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
CLASS OF NOTE
RECEIVING PAYMENT                             AMOUNT TO BE PAID
- -----------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>
A-2....................  -  $0, prior to the payment date on which the outstanding
                         principal of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to $0.
                         -  Class A Principal Payment Amount less the amount needed
                         to reduce the outstanding principal of the Class A-1 Notes
                            to $0, on subsequent payment dates until the outstanding
                            principal of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to $0.
A-3....................  -  $0, prior to the payment date on which the outstanding
                         principal of the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes is
                            reduced to $0.
                         -  Class A Principal Payment Amount less the amount needed
                         to reduce the outstanding principal of the Class A-1 Notes
                            and Class A-2 Notes to $0, on subsequent payment dates
                            until the outstanding principal of the Class A-3 Notes is
                            reduced to $0.
A-4....................  -  $0, prior to the payment date on which the outstanding
                         principal of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes and
                            Class A-3 Notes is reduced to $0.
                         -  Class A Principal Payment Amount less the amount needed
                         to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1
                            Notes, Class A-2 Notes and Class A-3 Notes to $0, on
                            subsequent payment dates until the outstanding principal
                            of the Class A-4 Notes is reduced to $0.
B......................  Class B Principal Payment Amount until the outstanding
                         principal of the Class B Notes is reduced to $0.
C......................  Class C Principal Payment Amount until the outstanding
                         principal of the Class C Notes is reduced to $0.
D......................  Class D Principal Payment Amount until the outstanding
                         principal of the Class D Notes is reduced to $0.
E......................  Class E Principal Payment Amount until the outstanding
                         principal of the Class E Notes is reduced to $0.
A-1....................  Additional Principal until the outstanding principal of the
                         Class A-1 Notes is reduced to $0.
A-2....................  -  $0, prior to the payment date on which the outstanding
                         principal of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to $0.
                         -  The excess of Additional Principal over the amount needed
                         to reduce the outstanding principal of the Class A-1 Notes
                            to $0, on subsequent payment dates until the outstanding
                            principal of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to $0.
A-3....................  -  $0, prior to the payment date on which the outstanding
                         principal of the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes is
                            reduced to $0.
                         -  The excess of Additional Principal over the amount needed
                         to reduce the outstanding principal of the Class A-1 Notes
                            and Class A-2 Notes to $0, on subsequent payment dates
                            until the outstanding principal of the Class A-3 Notes is
                            reduced to $0.
</TABLE>

                                       69
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
CLASS OF NOTE
RECEIVING PAYMENT                             AMOUNT TO BE PAID
- -----------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>
A-4....................  -  $0, prior to the payment date on which the outstanding
                         principal of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes and
                            Class A-3 Notes is reduced to $0.
                         -  The excess of Additional Principal over the amount needed
                         to reduce the outstanding principal of the Class A-1 Notes,
                            Class A-2 Notes and Class A-3 Notes to $0, on subsequent
                            payment dates until the outstanding principal of the
                            Class A-4 Notes is reduced to $0.
B......................  The excess of Additional Principal over the amount needed to
                         reduce the outstanding principal of the Class A-1 Notes,
                         Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes to $0,
                         on subsequent payment dates until the outstanding principal
                         of the Class B Notes is reduced to $0.
C......................  The excess of Additional Principal over the amount needed to
                         reduce the outstanding principal of the Class A-1 Notes,
                         Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes and
                         Class B Notes to $0, on subsequent payment dates until the
                         outstanding principal of the Class C Notes is reduced to $0.
D......................  The excess of Additional Principal over the amount needed to
                         reduce the outstanding principal of the Class A-1 Notes,
                         Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes, Class B
                         Notes and Class C Notes to $0, on subsequent payment dates
                         until the outstanding principal of the Class D Notes is
                         reduced to $0.
E......................  The excess of Additional Principal over the amount needed to
                         reduce the outstanding principal of the Class A-1 Notes,
                         Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes, Class B
                         Notes, Class C Notes and Class D Notes to $0, on subsequent
                         payment dates until the outstanding principal of the
                         Class E Notes is reduced to $0.
</TABLE>

    FOURTH, if the servicer is Heller Financial, Inc. or an affiliate of Heller
Financial, Inc., to the servicer, its monthly servicing fee for the preceding
monthly period together with any amounts in respect of the servicer's fee that
were due in respect of prior monthly periods that remain unpaid;

    FIFTH, to the extent that any amounts remain after allocating the amounts
available for distribution on the notes, the indenture trustee will deposit into
the reserve fund an amount, if any, which, when so deposited, causes the balance
in the reserve fund to equal the Required Reserve Amount; and

    SIXTH, any excess shall be paid to the holder of the certificate.

    The indenture trustee will distribute available amounts on each note within
each class of notes based on the outstanding principal amount of the note
relative to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of that class of notes.

FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.

    On the third business day prior to each payment after the occurrence of an
event of default under the indenture, the servicer shall instruct the indenture
trustee to withdraw, and on the payment date the indenture trustee will follow
the instructions to withdraw, from the collection account the amounts needed to
make the following payments. See "--AMOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR PAYMENT ON THE NOTES"
and see "--EVENTS OF DEFAULT". The payments listed below will be made only to
the extent there are sufficient amounts available on such payment date. We will
make payments on the fourteenth day of each

                                       70
<PAGE>
calendar month, or if such day is not a business day, the next business day, in
the following order of priority:

    FIRST, pay to the indenture trustee or the owner trustee, the amount of any
unpaid fees, expenses, late charges or other losses;

    SECOND, pay to the noteholders, reimbursement for any indemnity payments
made by them to the indenture trustee;

    THIRD, if the servicer is no longer Heller Financial or an affiliate of
Heller Financial, to the servicer, its monthly servicing fee for the preceding
monthly period together with any amounts in respect of the servicer's fee that
were due in respect of prior monthly periods that remain unpaid;

    FOURTH, to the holders of the notes the amounts specified in the following
table and in the order set forth in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS OF NOTE
RECEIVING PAYMENT                             AMOUNT TO BE PAID
- -----------------        ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>
A-1, A-2, A-3 and
A-4....................  Interest accrued on the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes,
                         Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes at their respective
                         interest rates for the period from and including the most
                         recent date on which interest has been paid to, but
                         excluding, the current interest payment date.

B......................  Interest accrued on the Class B Notes at the Class B Note
                         interest rate for the period from and including the most
                         recent date on which interest has been paid to, but
                         excluding, the current interest payment date.

C......................  Interest accrued on the Class C Notes at the Class C Note
                         interest rate for the period from and including the most
                         recent date on which interest has been paid to, but
                         excluding, the current interest payment date.

D......................  Interest accrued on the Class D Notes at the Class D Note
                         interest rate for the period from and including the most
                         recent date on which interest has been paid to, but
                         excluding, the current interest payment date.

E......................  Interest accrued on the Class E Notes at the Class E Note
                         interest rate for the period from and including the most
                         recent date on which interest has been paid to, but
                         excluding, the current interest payment date.

A-1....................  Outstanding principal of the Class A-1 Notes.

A-2, A-3 and A-4.......  Outstanding principal of the Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3
                         Notes and Class A-4 Notes, pro rata according to the
                         outstanding principal for each class of notes.

B......................  Outstanding principal of the Class B Notes.

C......................  Outstanding principal of the Class C Notes.

D......................  Outstanding principal of the Class D Notes.

E......................  Outstanding principal of the Class E Notes.
</TABLE>

    FIFTH, any excess shall be paid to the holder of the certificate.

    The terms used in describing the calculation of interest and principal
payments and allocations on the notes are defined as follows:

    "ADDITIONAL PRINCIPAL" means, with respect to a date on which principal is
to be paid,

    (1) if the Class B Target Investor Principal Amount, Class C Target Investor
       Principal Amount, Class D Target Investor Principal Amount and Class E
       Target Investor Principal Amount

                                       71
<PAGE>
       exceed the Class B Floor, Class C Floor, Class D Floor and Class E Floor,
       respectively, an amount of $0; or

    (2) if any of the conditions in clause (1) are not satisfied, an amount
       equal to the excess, if any, of

       (A) the difference between

            (i) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of all of the notes
                and the Overcollateralization Balance as of the immediately
                preceding principal payment date (after making any principal
                payments on such date) and

            (ii) the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as
                 of the last day of the most recently completed collection
                 period, over

       (B) the sum of the Class A Principal Payment Amount, Class B Principal
           Payment Amount, Class C Principal Payment Amount, Class D Principal
           Payment Amount and Class E Principal Payment Amount for such payment
           date.

    "CLASS A PERCENTAGE" means approximately 94.0000%, which is the ratio of:

    (1) the sum of the initial principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes,
       Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes to

    (2) the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as of
       December 1, 1999.

    "CLASS A PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to a date on which
principal is to be paid,

the amount necessary to reduce the sum of outstanding principal amount of the
Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes to the
Class A Target Investor Principal Amount.

    "CLASS A TARGET INVESTOR PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means, with respect to a date on
which principal is to be paid, an amount equal to the product of:

    (1) the Class A Percentage and

    (2) the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as of the
       last day of immediately preceding completed collection period.

    "CLASS B FLOOR" means, with respect to a date on which principal is to be
paid,

    (1) 1.8600% of the initial aggregate discounted contract balance of the
       contracts plus

    (2) the Cumulative Loss Amount as of such payment date minus

    (3) the sum of

       (A) the outstanding principal amount of the Class C Notes, Class D Notes
           and Class E Notes as of the immediately preceding payment date after
           giving effect to all principal payments made on such prior payment
           date and

       (B) the Overcollateralization Balance as of the immediately preceding
           payment date.

    "CLASS B PERCENTAGE" means approximately 1.2500%, which is the ratio of:

    (1) the initial principal amount of the Class B Notes to

    (2) the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as of
       December 1, 1999.

    "CLASS B PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to a date on which
principal is to be paid, the amount necessary to reduce the outstanding
principal amount of the Class B Notes to the greater of:

       (A) the Class B Target Investor Principal Amount; or

       (B) the Class B Floor.

    "CLASS B TARGET INVESTOR PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means, with respect to a date on
which principal is to be paid, an amount equal to the product of:

    (1) the Class B Percentage and

    (2) the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as of the
       last day of immediately preceding completed collection period.

                                       72
<PAGE>
    "CLASS C FLOOR" means, with respect to a date on which principal is to be
paid,

    (1) 1.4725% of the initial aggregate discounted contract balance of the
       contracts plus

    (2) the Cumulative Loss Amount as of such payment date minus

    (3) the sum of

       (A) the outstanding principal amount of the Class D Notes and the
           Class E Notes as of the immediately preceding payment date after
           giving effect to all principal payments made on such prior payment
           date and

       (B) the Overcollaterization Balance as of the immediately preceding
           payment date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the outstanding principal
           amount of the Class B Notes is less than or equal to the Class B
           Floor on such payment date, the Class C Floor will equal the
           outstanding principal amount of the Class C Notes as of the
           immediately preceding payment date after giving effect to all
           principal payments made on such prior payment date.

    "CLASS C PERCENTAGE" means approximately 1.2500%, which is the ratio of:

    (1) the initial principal amount of the Class C Notes to

    (2) the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as of
       December 1, 1999.

    "CLASS C PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to a date on which
principal is to be paid, the amount necessary to reduce the outstanding
principal amount of the Class C Notes to the greater of:

       (A) the Class C Target Investor Principal Amount; or

       (B) the Class C Floor.

    "CLASS C TARGET INVESTOR PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means, with respect to a date on
which principal is to be paid, an amount equal to the product of:

    (1) the Class C Percentage and

    (2) the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as of the
       last day of immediately preceding completed collection period.

    "CLASS D FLOOR" means, with respect to a date on which principal is to be
paid,

    (1) 1.0850% of the initial aggregate discounted contract balance plus

    (2) the Cumulative Loss Amount as of such payment date minus

    (3) the sum of

       (A) the outstanding principal amount of the Class E Notes as of the
           immediately preceding payment date after giving effect to all
           principal payments made on such prior payment date and

       (B) the Overcollateralization Balance as of the immediately preceding
           payment date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the outstanding principal
           amount of the Class C Notes is less than or equal to the Class C
           Floor on such payment date, the Class D Floor will equal the
           outstanding principal amount of the Class D Notes as of the
           immediately preceding payment date after giving effect to all
           principal payments made on such prior payment date.

    "CLASS D PERCENTAGE" means approximately 2.0000%, which is the ratio of:

    (1) the initial principal amount of the Class D Notes to

    (2) the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as of
       December 1, 1999.

    "CLASS D PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to a date on which
principal is to be paid, the amount necessary to reduce the outstanding
principal amount of the Class D Notes to the greater of:

       (A) the Class D Target Investor Principal Amount; or

       (B) the Class D Floor.

                                       73
<PAGE>
    "CLASS D TARGET INVESTOR PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means, with respect to a date on
which principal is to be paid, an amount equal to the product of:

    (1) the Class D Percentage and

    (2) the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as of the
       last day of immediately preceding completed collection period.

    "CLASS E FLOOR" means, with respect to a date on which principal is to be
paid,

    (1) 0.4650% of the initial aggregate discounted contract balance plus

    (2) the Cumulative Loss Amount as of such payment date minus

    (3) the Overcollateralization Balance as of the immediately preceding
       payment date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the outstanding principal
       payment amount of the Class D Notes is less than or equal to the Class D
       Floor on such payment date, the Class E Floor will equal the outstanding
       principal amount of the Class E Notes as of the immediately preceding
       payment date after giving effect to all principal payments made on such
       prior payment date.

    "CLASS E PERCENTAGE" means approximately 1.0000%, which is the ratio of:

    (1) the initial principal amount of the Class E Notes to

    (2) the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as of
       December 1, 1999.

    "CLASS E PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to a date on which
principal is to be paid, the amount necessary to reduce the outstanding
principal amount of the Class E Notes to the greater of:

       (A) the Class E Target Investor Principal Amount; or

       (B) the Class E Floor.

    "CLASS E TARGET INVESTOR PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means, with respect to a date on
which principal is to be paid, an amount equal to the product of:

    (1) the Class E Percentage and

    (2) the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as of the
       last day of immediately preceding completed collection period.

    "CUMULATIVE LOSS AMOUNT" means, with respect to a date on which principal is
to be paid, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of

    (1) the total of:

       (A) the outstanding principal amounts of all of the notes as of the
           immediately preceding payment date after giving effect to all
           principal payments made on such date plus

       (B) the Overcollateralization Balance as of the immediately preceding
           payment date minus

       (C) the lesser of

           (1) the difference between

                   (x) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of all of the
               notes and the Overcollateralization Balance as of the immediately
               preceding principal payment date (after making any principal
               payments on such date) and

                   (y) the aggregate discounted contract balance of the
               contracts as of the last day of the most recently completed
               collection period; and

           (2) the amounts available for distribution on the notes after paying
               all amounts owing to the servicer, excluding servicing fees owed
               to Heller Financial, Inc. or an affiliate of Heller
               Financial, Inc., and all interest due on the notes on such
               payment date over

    (2) the aggregate discounted contract balance as of the last day of the
       immediately preceding completed collection period.

    "OVERCOLLATERALIZATION BALANCE" means with respect to a principal payment
date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of:

    (1) the aggregated discounted contract balance as of the last day of the
       collection period completed immediately prior to such date over

                                       74
<PAGE>
    (2) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of all of the notes as of
       such date after giving effect to all principal payments made on such
       date.

RESERVE FUND

    The reserve fund will be an account held in the name of the indenture
trustee on behalf of you. On the closing date for the transfer of the contracts
to the trust, the reserve fund balance will be equal to 0.10% of the initial
aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts, $365,588. On any payment
date, after distributing the available amounts to the servicer and noteholders
as described in "--ALLOCATIONS", we will deposit the remaining available amounts
into the reserve fund until the amounts in the reserve fund equal the Required
Reserve Amount. If on any Payment Date, the aggregate amounts on deposit in the
Collection Account and the Reserve Fund are greater than or equal to the sum of
(i) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Class A Notes, Class B
Notes, Class C Notes, Class D Notes, and Class E Notes, (ii) the accrued and
unpaid interest on the Class A Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes, Class D
Notes, and Class E Notes, (iii) the accrued and unpaid servicer's fee, and (iv)
the unreimbursed servicer advances, then the amount on deposit in the Reserve
Fund will be deposited in the Collection Account and applied to pay in full the
Class A Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes, Class D Notes, and Class E Notes.

    "REQUIRED RESERVE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any payment date before the
payment date on which the outstanding aggregate discounted contract balance of
the contracts is less than 10% of the initial aggregate discounted contract
balance of the contracts, an amount equal to 0.70% of the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the notes as of the last day of the immediately preceding
completed collection period, and thereafter an amount equal to the required
reserve amount on the previous payment date.

    Amounts in the reserve fund will be invested in investments deemed to be
eligible investments for funds held in the collection account. See "--COLLECTION
ACCOUNT". Earnings on the eligible investments will be treated as amounts
available for distribution to the noteholders and the holder of the certificate.

    If on any payment date, the available amounts remaining after we pay the
servicer and noteholders as described in "--ALLOCATIONS" exceed the amount
needed to increase the reserve fund balance to the Required Reserve Amount, we
will distribute such excess to the holder of the certificate. Upon any such
distributions to the holder of the certificate, you will have no further rights
in, or claims to, such amounts.

    On any payment date, if the amounts available for making the following two
payments are insufficient, the indenture trustee will withdraw the deficiency
from the reserve fund to make the following two payments:

    - servicing fee, if the servicer is no longer Heller Financial, Inc. or an
      affiliate of Heller Financial, Inc.; or

    - interest on the notes.

Furthermore, if the amounts available for making the following four payments are
insufficient, the indenture trustee will withdraw the lesser of the deficiency
and the excess in the reserve fund over the Required Reserve Amount to make the
following four payments:

    - unreimbursed servicer advances;

    - principal on the notes;

    - additional principal, if any, to most senior outstanding class of notes;
      or

    - servicing fee, if the servicer is Heller Financial, Inc. or an affiliate
      of Heller Financial, Inc.

                                       75
<PAGE>
    On any payment date, if the aggregate discounted contract balance is less
than 10% of the initial aggregate discounted contract balance, the trustee will
withdraw amounts from the reserve fund to pay (1) interest, principal and
additional principal on the notes; (2) the servicing fee, if the servicer is no
longer Heller Financial, Inc. or an affiliate of Heller Financial, Inc. and (3)
any unreimbursed servicer advances.

    We will allocate amounts withdrawn from the reserve fund as described in
"--ALLOCATIONS". Upon making these payments in full, the funds on deposit in the
reserve fund in excess of the Required Reserve Amount shall be paid to the
holder of the certificate.

    If amounts on deposit in the reserve fund have been depleted as a result of
losses in respect of the contracts, the credit enhancement afforded by the
reserve fund will be exhausted and will not be restored.

    The servicer may, from time to time after the date of this prospectus
request each rating agency that rated the notes to, at the request of the trust
depositor, approve a formula for determining the Required Reserve Amount that is
different from the formula described above and would result in a decrease in the
amount of the Required Reserve Amount or the manner by which the reserve fund is
funded. If each rating agency delivers a letter to the indenture trustee and the
owner trustee to the effect that the use of the new formulation will not result
in a qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its then-current rating of any
class of notes then the Required Reserve Amount will be determined using the new
formula. The sale and servicing agreement will accordingly be amended to reflect
the new calculation without your consent.

COLLECTION ACCOUNT AND COLLECTION PERIOD

    The servicer, for your benefit, shall cause to be established an account
referred to as the "COLLECTION ACCOUNT" maintained in the name of the indenture
trustee, with an office or branch of a depository institution or trust company,
which may be the indenture trustee, organized under any state laws or laws of
the United States of America and located in the state designated by the
servicer. This account will be a non-interest bearing segregated corporate trust
account bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited in the
account are held in trust for the benefit of the noteholders.

                                       76
<PAGE>
    At all times such depository institution or trust company shall have the
following characteristics and the amounts in the collection account will be
invested in the following eligible investments:

ELIGIBLE DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION OR TRUST COMPANY

    - the corporate trust department of the indenture trustee or

    - a depository institution organized under any state laws, the laws of the
      United States of America or the District of Columbia or any domestic
      branch of a foreign bank,

    (1) (A) which has either

        (i) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the rating agencies
            rating the notes or

        (ii) a short-term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating
             acceptable to the rating agencies,

        (B) the parent corporation of which has either

        (i) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the rating agencies
            rating the notes or

        (ii) a short-term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating
             acceptable to the rating agencies or

        (C) which is otherwise acceptable to the rating agencies rating the
            notes and

    (2) whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit time deposits with an
entity, the commercial paper of which Insurance Corporation.

ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS

    - obligations fully guaranteed by the United States of America;

    - demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of depository
      institutions or trust companies having commercial paper and short-term
      unsecured debt obligations, other than such obligation whose rating is
      based on the credit of another person, with the highest rating from each
      rating agency rating the notes;

    - commercial paper or other short-term obligations having the highest rating
      from each rating agency rating the notes at the time the trust purchased
      it;

    - demand deposits, time deposits and certificates of deposit which are fully
      insured by the FDIC with the highest rating from each rating agency rating
      the notes;

    - notes or banker's' acceptance issued by any depository institution or
      trust company having commercial paper and short-term unsecured debt
      obligations, other than such obligation whose rating is based on the
      credit of another person, with the highest money market funds which have
      the highest rating from, or have otherwise been approved in writing by,
      each rating agency rating the notes;

    - other investments approved in writing by the rating agencies rating the
      notes.

    Funds in the collection account may be invested in debt obligations of
Heller Financial, Inc. or its affiliates so long as the obligations qualify as
the above described eligible investments.

    Any earnings, net of losses and investment expenses, on funds in the
collection account will be held in that account and be treated as amounts
available for distribution to you. The servicer will have the revocable power to
instruct the indenture trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the
collection account for the purpose of carrying out its duties under the sale and
servicing agreement.

    If any institution at which any of the collection account is established
ceases to be an eligible institution as described above, the servicer shall,
within ten business days after receiving notice of that fact, establish a
replacement account at another institution meeting the above eligibility
requirements.

                                       77
<PAGE>
    Each collection period begins on the second day of a calendar month and ends
on and includes the first day of the immediately following calendar month.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

    Allocations of amounts to payments to you will be made as described above
under "--ALLOCATIONS; PRIOR TO AN EVENT OF DEFAULT" unless and until an event of
default has occurred, in which case allocations of amounts will be made as
described above under "--ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT".

    An "EVENT OF DEFAULT" refers to any of the following events:

    - failure to pay the full amount of accrued interest on any note on a
      payment date;

    - failure to pay the then outstanding principal amount of any note, if any,
      on its related maturity date of the note;

    -   (1) failure on the part of any originator to make any payment or deposit
            required under the sale and servicing agreement within three
            business days after the date the payment or deposit is required to
            be made, or

       (2) failure on the part of any originator, the trust depositor, the trust
           or the owner trustee to observe or perform any other covenants or
           agreements in the sale and servicing agreement or the indenture,
           which failure has a material adverse effect on the noteholders and
           which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after written
           notice; PROVIDED, there is no 60-day cure period if the originators
           do not accept reassignment of ineligible contracts as required by the
           sale and servicing agreement, and FURTHER PROVIDED, that only a five
           day cure period shall apply in the case of a failure by any
           originator, the indenture trustee or the owner trustee to comply with
           their respective covenants not to grant a security interest in or
           otherwise intentionally create a lien on the contracts;

    - any representation or warranty made by any originator, the trust
      depositor, the indenture trustee or the owner trustee in the sale and
      servicing agreement or any information required to be given by any
      originator or the trust depositor to the indenture trustee to identify the
      contracts was incorrect in any material respect when made and continues to
      be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after written
      notice and as a result of which the noteholders' interests are materially
      and adversely affected; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that an event of default shall
      not be deemed to occur under the sale and servicing agreement if the
      originator has repurchased the related contracts through the trust
      depositor during such period under the terms of the sale and servicing
      agreement;

    - the occurrence of any of the following events with respect to the
      originator, the trust depositor, the trust or the servicer:

       (1) a court files a decree or order for relief against the party in an
           involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or
           any other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium,
           rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, suspension
           of payments, or similar debtor relief laws affecting the rights of
           creditors,

       (2) the party commences a voluntary case under any insolvency law,

       (3) the party consents to a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
           trustee, sequestrator or similar official taking possession of any
           substantial part of its property,

       (4) the party makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or

       (5) the party fails to pay its debts as those debts become due;

                                       78
<PAGE>
    - the trust becomes an "INVESTMENT COMPANY" within the meaning of the
      Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

    In the case of any event described above, an event of default with respect
to the notes will be deemed to have occurred; PROVIDED the event of default may
be waived if the Required Holders provide written notice to the trust depositor
and the servicer of the waiver. In the event the indenture trustee has actual
knowledge of an event of default, it will be required to notify, among others,
the trust depositor, each originator, the servicer and the owner trustee.

    "REQUIRED HOLDERS" means:

(1) prior to the payment in full of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes,
    Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes outstanding, holders Class A-1 Notes,
    Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes, respectively,
    evidencing more than 66 2/3% of the aggregate of principal amount of the
    Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes voting
    as a single class, and

(2) from and after the payment in full of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes,
    Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes outstanding, holders of Class B Notes
    evidencing more than 66 2/3% of the aggregate principal amount of the
    Class B Notes outstanding, and

(3) from and after the payment in full of the Class B Notes outstanding, holders
    of Class C Notes evidencing more than 66 2/3% of the aggregate principal
    amount of the Class C Notes outstanding.

    If events relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the trust depositor
occur on the day of such event, the trust depositor will promptly give notice to
the indenture trustee of the event, and the indenture trustee will, unless
notified to the contrary by the Required Holders, promptly act to sell, dispose
of or otherwise liquidate the contracts in a commercially reasonable manner and
on commercially reasonable terms. The proceeds from any sale, disposition or
liquidation of contracts will be deposited in the collection account and
allocated as described in the sale and servicing agreement and in
"--ALLOCATIONS". If the proceeds of any collections on contracts in the
collection account allocated to noteholders of any class is not sufficient to
pay the principal amount of the notes of the class in full, those noteholders
will incur a loss.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

    If an event of default relating to bankruptcy or insolvency as described
under the heading "--EVENTS OF DEFAULT" has occurred, then the unpaid principal
of the notes, together with interest accrued but unpaid and all other amounts
due to you under the indenture, shall immediately become due and payable.

    If an event of default other than the event of default relating to
bankruptcy or insolvency as described under the heading "--EVENTS OF DEFAULT"
occurs, the Required Holders may waive the event of default by sending a written
notice of the waiver to the indenture trustee, the servicer and the trust
depositor. If the Required Holders do not waive the event of default then the
unpaid principal of the notes, together with interest accrued but unpaid and all
other amounts due to you under the indenture, shall immediately and without
further act become due and payable.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

    The indenture trustee with respect to the notes is Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association. Heller Financial, Inc. and its affiliates may from time to
time enter into banking and trustee relationships with the indenture trustee and
its affiliates. Heller Financial, Inc. and its affiliates may hold notes in
their own names; however, any notes so held shall not be entitled to participate
in any decisions made or instructions given to the indenture trustee by the
noteholders as a group.

                                       79
<PAGE>
    The indenture trustee's responsibilities will be ministerial in nature,
consisting principally of:

    - the distribution of monies as required by the sale and servicing
      agreement;

    - the authentication and registration of transfer of notes under the
      indenture, and

    - the delivery of information received from the trust depositor.

The indenture trustee also, as pledgee of the trust under the indenture, will
take and maintain possession of any contracts constituting "INSTRUMENTS" for
purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code that are not otherwise part of chattel
paper.

    For purposes of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdictions in which
any part of the trust's assets may at the time be located, the indenture trustee
will have the power to appoint a co-trustee or separate trustee of all or any
part of the trust's assets. To the extent permitted by law, all rights, powers,
duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the indenture trustee will be
conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the indenture trustee
and the separate trustee or co-trustee jointly. In any jurisdiction in which the
indenture trustee will be incompetent or unqualified to perform as required by
the indenture, all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed
upon the indenture trustee will be conferred or imposed upon such separate
trustee or co-trustee who shall exercise and perform such rights, powers, duties
and obligations solely at the direction of the indenture trustee.

    The indenture trustee may resign at any time, in which event a successor
indenture trustee which meets the requirements of Section 310(a) of the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, will be appointed by the servicer. The
servicer may also remove the indenture trustee if the indenture trustee ceases
to be eligible to continue as the trustee under the indenture. In such
circumstances, a successor indenture trustee which meets the requirements of
Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act will be appointed by the servicer. Any
resignation or removal of the indenture trustee and appointment of a successor
indenture trustee does not become effective until acceptance of the appointment
by the successor indenture trustee.

GOVERNING LAW

    The indenture will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

AMENDMENTS

    The owner trustee, the trust depositor, and the indenture trustee, with the
written consent of the Required Holders represented thereby, may execute a
supplement to the indenture for the purpose of adding provisions to, or changing
or eliminating provisions of, the indenture. Additionally, the indenture
trustee, with the written consent of the Required Holders represented thereby,
may consent to or execute a written amendment of or supplement to, or waiver or
consent under, the sale and servicing agreement. But, in each case the consent
of each noteholder is required to:

    (1) reduce the amount or extend the time of payment of any amount owing or
       payable under any note,

    (2) increase or reduce the interest payable on any note,

    (3) alter or modify the provisions of the sale and servicing agreement with
       respect to the order of priorities in which collections on the contracts
       shall be paid to noteholders or with respect to the amount or timing of
       payments on the notes,

    (4) reduce, modify or amend any indemnities in favor of any noteholder or in
       favor of or to be paid by the trust depositor, or alter the definition of
       "INDEMNITEES" to exclude any noteholder, except as consented to by each
       person adversely affected by the change,

                                       80
<PAGE>
    (5) make any interest or principal payable in a currency other than U.S.
       dollars,

    (6) modify, amend or supplement the provisions of the sale and servicing
       agreement relating to amendments, waivers and supplements to the
       indenture, the sale and servicing agreement or any other document, or

    (7) modify the definition of Required Holders or the percentage of
       noteholders required to make any modification of the indenture.

However, only the consent of the affected holder shall be required for any
decrease in an amount of or the rate of interest payable on the note or any
extension for the time of payment of any amount payable under the note.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

    The servicer's compensation with respect to its servicing activities and
reimbursement for its expenses will be a servicing fee calculated monthly in
conjunction with the collection periods for the notes. The servicer's monthly
fee will be an amount equal to the product of

    (1) one-twelfth,

    (2) 0.40% and

    (3) the aggregate discounted contract balance of all of the contracts as of
       the second day of the immediately preceding calendar month.

    The servicer's fee will be funded from payments due under the contracts and
amounts received upon the prepayment or purchase of contracts or liquidation of
the contracts and disposition of the related equipment upon defaults thereunder.
See "--AMOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES". The servicer's monthly fee
will be paid on the fourteenth day of each calendar month from the collection
account. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE--ALLOCATIONS" above.

    The servicer will pay from its servicing compensation some of the expenses
incurred in connection with servicing the contracts including, without
limitation:

    - expenses related to the enforcement of the contracts;

    - payment of the fees and disbursements of the indenture trustee and owner
      trustee and independent accountants;

    - expenses of maintaining casualty insurance on equipment to the extent the
      contracts provide for the originator to pay such insurance; and

    - any fees which are not expressly stated in the sale and servicing
      agreement to be payable by the trust, you or the trust depositor.

However, the servicer will not pay federal, state, local and foreign income,
franchise or other taxes based on income, if any, or any interest or penalties
on such income, imposed upon the trust. The servicing fees of any sub-servicers,
including vendor sub-servicers, will be paid by the servicer out of its monthly
servicing fee.

    In the event that Heller Financial, Inc. is acting as servicer and fails to
pay the fees and disbursements of the indenture trustee or owner trustee, the
trustee will be entitled to receive the portion of the servicer's monthly
servicing fee that is equal to those unpaid amounts. In no event will you be
liable to the indenture trustee or owner trustee for the servicer's failure to
pay those amounts.

                                       81
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL TERMINATION

    If the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts is less than
10% of the initial aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts as of
December 1, 1999, the trust depositor will have the option to cause the trust to
purchase without penalty all, but not less than all, of the remaining
outstanding notes and certificate. The trust depositor will exercise this option
only on a payment date for the notes. The redemption price will be equal to the
sum of the outstanding principal amount of the notes and certificate, together
with accrued interest through the date of redemption. The source of funds for
the redemption price will be the proceeds of the trust's sale to the trust
depositor of the contracts and the trust depositor's concurrent resale of the
contracts to the applicable originators. Following any redemption, you will have
no further rights with respect to the trust's assets.

REPORTS

    No later than the third business day prior to each payment date, the
servicer will forward to the indenture trustee and each rating agency rating the
notes a monthly report prepared by the servicer setting forth information with
respect to the trust and the notes and certificate, including:

    (1) the aggregate discounted contract balance

       (A) as of the end of the related collection period and

       (B) as of the end of the second collection period preceding such interest
           and principal payment date;

    (2) the Class A Principal Payment Amount, Class B Principal Payment Amount,
        Class C Principal Payment Amount, Class D Principal Payment Amount,
        Class E Principal Payment Amount and Additional Principal including the
        calculations utilized in the determination of those principal payment
        amounts;

    (3) the aggregate discounted contract balance of contracts held by the trust
        which were 31, 61 and 91 days or more delinquent as of the end of such
        collection period;

    (4) the discounted contract balance of contracts that became defaulted
        contracts during such collection period and cumulatively for each
        preceding collection period;

    (5) the monthly servicing fee for the related collection period;

    (6) the amounts available for distribution to the holders of the notes with
        respect to the related collection period, including the calculation of
        those amounts;

    (7) the total amount distributed on the notes;

    (8) the amount allocable to principal on each class of the notes;

    (9) the amount allocable to interest on each class of the notes;

   (10) any servicer advances;

   (11) the balance in the reserve fund; and

   (12) the discounted contract balance of contracts that become prepaid
        contracts during such collection period.

    On each payment date, the indenture trustee (or an agent on its behalf),
will forward to each noteholder of record a copy of the monthly report.

    On or before January 31 of each calendar year, commencing January 31, 2001,
the indenture trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished to each person who
at any time during the preceding calendar year was a noteholder of record, a
statement containing the information required to be provided by an issuer of
indebtedness under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended for such
preceding calendar year or the applicable portion of the year during which you
were a noteholder,

                                       82
<PAGE>
together with such other customary information as is necessary to enable you to
prepare your tax returns. See "FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES".

    As long as the offered notes remain in book-entry form, periodic and annual
unaudited reports, containing information concerning the trust, the contracts,
the offered notes and the certificate, will be prepared by the servicer and sent
on behalf of the trust to Cede & Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust
Company, and the Euroclear System or Cedel Bank, S.A. as registered holders of
the offered notes. These reports will be made available by DTC, Euroclear or
CEDEL and its participants to holders of interests in the offered notes as
required by the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC,
Euroclear and CEDEL, respectively. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE--
BOOK ENTRY REGISTRATION" and "--REPORTS". These reports will not constitute
financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles or that have been examined and reported upon by, with an opinion
expressed by, an independent or certified public accountant. Upon the issuance
of fully registered, certificated notes, these reports will be sent to each
registered noteholder.

LIST OF NOTEHOLDERS

    If the offered notes are subsequently issued in fully registered,
certificated form, the indenture trustee will afford you access during normal
business hours to the current list of noteholders for purpose of communicating
with other noteholders with respect to their rights under the indenture, the
sale and servicing agreement or the notes. The indenture trustee will provide
this list upon written request of any noteholder or group of noteholders of
record holding notes evidencing not less than 10% of the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of the notes. While the notes are held in book-entry form,
holders of beneficial interests in the notes will not have access to a list of
other holders of beneficial interests in the notes, which may impede the ability
of such holders of beneficial interests to communicate with each other. See
"--BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION" below.

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

    Heller Financial, Inc., in its capacity as administrator, will enter into an
Administration Agreement. Heller Financial, Inc. will agree, to the extent
provided in the Administration Agreement, to provide the notices and to perform
other administrative obligations required to be provided or performed by the
trust or the owner trustee under the indenture.

    Heller Financial, Inc., as the administrator, agrees to perform the
accounting functions of the trust which the owner trustee is required to perform
under the Trust Agreement, including but not limited to:

    - maintaining the books of the trust;

    - filing tax returns for the trust; and

    - delivering tax related reports to you.

However, the owner trustee shall retain responsibility for distributing the
Schedule K-1s. As compensation for the performance of the administrator's
obligations under the Administration Agreement and as reimbursement for its
expenses, Heller Financial, Inc., as the administrator will be entitled to a
monthly administration fee, which fee will be paid by the servicer.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

    You may hold your notes through The Depository Trust Company in the United
States or Cedel Bank, society anonyme or Euroclear System in Europe if you are a
participant of those systems, or indirectly through organizations that are
participants in those systems.

                                       83
<PAGE>
    DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State
of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation"
within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a "clearing
agency" registered under to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to
hold securities for its direct participants and to facilitate the clearance and
settlement of securities transactions between its direct participants through
electronic book-entries, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates. DTC's direct participants include the underwriters offering the
notes to you, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and
clearing corporations, and may include other organizations. Indirect access to
the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and
trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
direct participant, either directly or indirectly.

    To facilitate subsequent transfers, all notes deposited with DTC will be
registered in the name of DTC's nominee, Cede & Co. You will maintain beneficial
ownership of the notes despite the deposit of notes with DTC and their
registration in the name of Cede. DTC has no knowledge of the actual
noteholders; DTC's records reflect only the identity of its direct participants
to whose accounts such notes are credited, which may or may not be the
noteholders. DTC's direct and indirect participants will remain responsible for
keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

    You will not be entitled to receive a certificate representing your interest
in a class of notes. As long as the notes are registered in the name of Cede &
Co., any action to be taken by you or any other noteholders will be taken by DTC
upon instructions from DTC's participants, and all distributions, notices,
reports and statements to noteholders will be delivered to Cede, as the
registered holder of the notes, for distribution to noteholders in compliance
with DTC procedures.

    You will receive all payments of principal and interest on the notes through
direct participants or indirect participants. DTC will forward such payments to
its direct participants which will forward them to indirect participants or
noteholders. Under a book-entry format, you may experience some delay in their
receipt of payments, since such payments will be forwarded to Cede as nominee of
DTC. You will not be recognized by the indenture trustee as a noteholder, as
such term is used in the indenture. You will be permitted to exercise the rights
of noteholders only indirectly through DTC and its direct participants and
indirect participants. Because DTC can act only on behalf of direct
participants, who in turn act on behalf of indirect participants, and on behalf
of banks, trust companies and other persons approved by it, your ability to
pledge the notes to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC
system, or to otherwise act with respect to such notes, may be limited due to
the absence of physical notes for such notes.

    Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to direct
participants, by direct participants to indirect participants and by direct
participants and indirect participants to noteholders will be governed by
arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as
may be in effect from time to time. Payments by DTC participants to noteholders
will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the
case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or
registered in "street name" and will be the responsibility of such DTC
participant and not of DTC, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee, the
originators or the originator, subject to any statutory or regulatory
requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of principal and
interest to DTC is the responsibility of the indenture trustee, disbursement of
such payments to direct participants shall be the responsibility of DTC and
disbursement of such payments to noteholders shall be the responsibility of
direct participants and indirect participants.

    Purchases of notes under the DTC system must be made by or through direct
participants, which will receive a credit for the notes on DTC's records. The
ownership interest of each actual noteholder is in turn to be recorded on the
direct participants' and indirect participants' records. Noteholders will not
receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase, but noteholders are
expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction,
as well as periodic statements of their holders, from the direct participant or
indirect participant through which the noteholder entered into

                                       84
<PAGE>
the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the notes are to be
accomplished by entries made on the books of DTC's participants acting on behalf
of noteholders. Noteholders will not receive physical notes representing their
ownership interest in notes, except in the event that use of the book-entry
system for the notes is discontinued.

    DTC will not comment or vote with respect to the notes. DTC has advised us
that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a noteholder under the
indenture only at the direction of one or more direct participants to whose
accounts with DTC the notes are credited. Additionally, DTC has advised us that
to the extent that the indenture requires that any action may be taken only by
noteholders representing a specified percentage of the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the notes, DTC will take such action only at the direction
of and on behalf of direct participants whose holdings include undivided
interests that satisfy such specified percentage.

    DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depositary with
respect to the notes at any time by giving reasonable notice to the indenture
trustee. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor securities
depositary is not obtained, fully registered, certificated notes are required to
be printed and delivered. The originator may decide to discontinue use of the
system of book-entry transfers through DTC or a successor securities depositary.
In that event, fully registered, certificated notes will be delivered to
noteholders. See "--ISSUANCE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES AT A LATER DATE".

    The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC's book-entry system
has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but neither we
nor the trust depositor take any responsibility for the accuracy of this
information.

    Cedel and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of the
participants in the Cedel and Euroclear systems, respectively, through
customers' securities accounts in Cedel's and Euroclear's names on the books of
their respective depositaries which in turn will hold such positions in
customers' securities accounts in the depositaries' names on the books of DTC.

    Cedel is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional
depositary. Cedel holds securities for its participants and facilitates the
clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants
through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Transactions may be
settled in Cedel in any of 28 currencies, including United States dollars. Cedel
provides to its participants, among other things, services for safekeeping,
administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities
and securities lending and borrowing. Cedel interfaces with domestic markets in
several countries. As a professional depositary, Cedel is subject to regulation
by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute. Cedel's participants are recognized
financial institutions around the world, including underwriters, securities
brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other
organizations and may include the underwriters. Indirect access to Cedel is also
available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that
clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Cedel participant,
either directly or indirectly.

    Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of
Euroclear and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear's participants
through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates and any risk from
lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and cash. Transactions may now be
settled in any of 29 currencies, including United States dollars. Euroclear
includes various other services, including securities lending and borrowing and
interfaces with domestic markets in several countries generally similar to the
arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC described above. Euroclear is
operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
York, under contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian
cooperative corporation. All operations are conducted by Euroclear's operator
and all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are
accounts with Euroclear's operator. Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C. establishes
policy

                                       85
<PAGE>
for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear's participants. Euroclear participants
include banks, securities brokers and dealers and other professional financial
intermediaries and may include the underwriters. Indirect access to Euroclear is
also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Euroclear participant, either directly or indirectly.

    Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York is the Belgian branch of a New
York banking corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.
As such, it is regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System and the New York Banking Department, as well as the Belgian
Banking Commission.

    Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with Euroclear operator are
governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the related
Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law. Those
Euroclear Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities and cash within
Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and cash from Euroclear, and receipts of
payments with respect to securities in Euroclear. All securities in Euroclear
are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates to
specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear operator acts under the
Euroclear Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear's participants, and
has no record of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear's
participants.

    Transfers between direct participants will comply with DTC rules. Transfers
between Cedel's participants and Euroclear's participants will comply with their
rules and operating procedures.

    Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC in the United States, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly
through Cedel or Euroclear, on the other, will be effected in DTC under DTC
rules through the relevant European international clearing system through its
Depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of
instructions to the relevant European international clearing system by the
counterparty in such system as required by its rules and procedures and within
its established deadlines (European time). The relevant European international
clearing system will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements,
deliver instructions to its depositary to take action to effect final settlement
on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or
receiving payment using its normal procedures for same-day funds settlement
applicable to DTC. Cedel participants and Euroclear participants may not deliver
instructions directly to the depositaries.

    Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities in Cedel or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC participant will be made
during the subsequent securities settlement processing day, dated the business
day following the DTC settlement date, and such credits or any transactions in
such securities settled during such processing day will be reported to the
relevant Cedel participant or Euroclear participant on such business day. Cash
received in Cedel or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or through
a Cedel participant or a Euroclear participant to a DTC participant will be
received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the
relevant Cedel or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following
settlement in DTC.

    Although DTC, Cedel and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures in
order to facilitate transfers of notes among participants of DTC, Cedel and
Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such
procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.

    Except as required by law, none of the originators, the owner trustee, the
trust depositor or the indenture trustee will have any liability for any aspect
of the records relating to, actions taken or implemented by, or payments made on
account of, beneficial ownership interests in the notes held through DTC, or for
maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records or actions relating to such
beneficial ownership interests.

                                       86
<PAGE>
ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATED NOTES AT A LATER DATE

    The offered notes will be issued in fully registered, certificated form to
beneficial owners or their nominees rather than to The Depository Trust Company
or its nominee, only if:

    (1) we advise the indenture trustee in writing that The Depository Trust
       Company is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its
       responsibilities as Depository with respect to such notes, and we or the
       indenture trustee are unable to locate a qualified successor or

    (2) we elect to terminate the book-entry system.

    Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the indenture trustee is required to notify all beneficial
owners for each class of notes held through The Depository Trust Company of the
availability of notes in fully registered, certificated form. Upon surrender by
The Depository Trust Company of the global note representing the notes and
instructions for reregistration, the indenture trustee will issue such fully
registered, certificated notes, and the indenture trustee will recognize the
holders of such fully registered, certificated notes as noteholders under the
indenture.

    Additionally, upon the occurrence of any such event described above,
distribution of principal of and interest on the notes will be made by the
indenture trustee directly to you as required by the indenture. Distributions
will be made by check, mailed to your address as it appears on the note
register. Upon at least 10 days' notice to noteholders for such class, however,
the final payment on any note will be made only upon presentation and surrender
of such note at the office or agency specified in the notice of final
distribution to noteholders. The final payment will be made in this manner
whether the notes are fully registered, certificated notes or the note for such
class registered in the name of Cede & Co. representing the notes of such class.

    Fully registered, certificated notes of each class will be transferable and
exchangeable at the offices of the indenture trustee or its agent in New York,
New York, which the indenture trustee shall designate on or prior to the
issuance of any fully registered, certificated notes with respect to such class.
No service charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange,
but the indenture trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection with the transfer or
exchange.

              THE CLASS D NOTES, CLASS E NOTES AND THE CERTIFICATE

    On the closing date for the sale of the offered notes; we will also issue
$7,311,163 aggregate principal amount of Class D 7.41% Receivable-Backed Notes,
Series 1999-2 and $3,655,581 aggregate principal amount of Class E 9.53%
Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1999-2. The initial principal balance of the
Class D Notes is equal to 2.0000% of the initial aggregate discounted contract
balance of the contracts. The initial principal balance of the Class E Notes is
equal to 1.0000% of the initial aggregate discounted contract balance of the
contracts. The Class D Notes will mature on June 14, 2008. The Class E Notes
will mature on September 14, 2008. We will also issue the certificate with an
initial certificate balance of $1,827,789; the certificate will not bear
interest and shall have the right to monies in the reserve fund and to funds
remaining after the payment of all principal and interest on the notes. The
certificate will represent a fractional undivided beneficial equity interest in
the trust and will be issued under the Trust Agreement.

    None of the Class D Notes, the Class E Notes, or the certificate are being
offered and sold by this prospectus. We expect to sell the Class D Notes and
Class E Notes concurrently in a private placement. The trust depositor is
expected initially to retain the certificate, although we may transfer the
certificate at some later date in a transaction separate from this offering
provided the owner trustee and indenture trustee receive an opinion of
independent counsel that such transfer will not cause the trust to become a
taxable entity or otherwise adversely affect the noteholders. Distributions with
respect to

                                       87
<PAGE>
the certificate will be subordinated to the rights of the noteholders to the
extent described in "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE--ALLOCATIONS".

                        THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

    The following is a summary of all of the material terms of the sale and
servicing agreement dated as of December 1, 1999 among the trust depositor, the
originators, the trust and the indenture trustee. You should read the sale and
servicing agreement, the form of which was filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part.

TERMINATION OF TRUST

    Unless the trust depositor instructs the owner trustee otherwise, the trust
will terminate only on the earliest to occur of

    (1) the day following the day on which the aggregate principal amount of all
       notes is zero; provided, that the trust depositor shall have delivered a
       written notice to the owner trustee electing to terminate the trust, or

    (2) if the contracts are sold, disposed of or liquidated following the
       occurrence of events relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, immediately
       following such sale, disposition or liquidation. Upon termination of the
       trust, all right, title and interest in the trust's assets (other than
       amounts in accounts maintained by the trust for the final payment of
       principal and interest to the holders of the notes and certificate) will
       be conveyed and transferred to the holder of the certificate and any
       permitted assignee.

CONVEYANCE OF THE CONTRACTS

    The contracts, and security interests in the equipment and in end-user
contracts and equipment securing vendor loans for the contracts, will be sold or
contributed to the trust by the trust depositor as required by the sale and
servicing agreement. The originators have sold, transferred, assigned, set over
and otherwise conveyed to the trust depositor, without recourse all of the
originators' right, title and interest in and to:

    - the contracts, including any substitute contracts, and all monies due or
      to become due in payment of the contracts on or after the related cutoff
      date, including all scheduled payments thereunder due on or after the
      cutoff date;

    - any prepayment amounts, any payments in respect of a casualty or early
      termination, and any recoveries on the contracts but excluding any
      scheduled payments due prior to the related cutoff date, any scheduled
      payments due after the cutoff date but received on or prior to the cutoff
      date and any Excluded Amounts;

    - the related equipment (and, in the case of any vendor loan, any end-user
      contracts or equipment securing the vendor loan), including all proceeds
      from any sale or other disposition of the equipment;

    - any documents delivered to the trust depositor or held by the servicer on
      its behalf with respect to each contract;

    - all payments made or to be made in the future with respect to each
      contract and the obligor thereunder and under any other guarantee or
      similar credit enhancement with respect to the contracts;

    - all payments made with respect to each contract under any insurance policy
      covering physical damage to the related equipment; and

    - all income and proceeds of the foregoing.

                                       88
<PAGE>
As of the initial cutoff date or any subsequent cutoff date for substitute
contracts, the trust depositor will transfer and assign the assets described in
the previous seven bullet points to the trust for the benefit of the noteholders
and the trust will grant a lien on the same in favor of the indenture trustee.

    To facilitate servicing and reduce administrative costs, Heller Financial
Leasing, Inc., as a sub-servicer, will retain custody of, but not title to, the
contracts, the documents relating to the contracts and any related evidence of
insurance payments, scheduled payments and any other similar payments under the
contracts. Prior to the conveyance of any contracts to the trust depositor, each
originator indicated in its books and records, including the computer files
relating to the contracts, that the contracts have been transferred to the trust
depositor. Prior to each transfer of any assets to the trust, the trust
depositor will file UCC financing statements reflecting the conveyance of the
assets described in the previous seven bullet points to the trust and the grant
of a lien on those assets to the indenture trustee. The trust depositor will
mark its books and records, including the appropriate computer files relating to
the contracts, to indicate that the contracts have been conveyed to the trust.
The trust will give the indenture trustee a list of the contracts transferred to
trust, identified by account number and by the discounted contract balance as of
the related cutoff date. With respect to end-user contracts securing vendor
loans, in some instances the vendor will retain the original contract files
associated with those end-user contracts. UCC financing statements have been
filed to reflect the pledge of contracts to the applicable originator as
security for the vendor loans.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE CONTRACT

    The originators will, jointly and severally, make the following
representations and warranties in the sale and servicing agreement with respect
to each contract as of December 1, 1999. Similarly, the originators will make or
be deemed to have made those representations and warranties with respect to each
substitute contract which may be transferred by either of them as of its related
cutoff date, including that:

    (1) the information with respect to the contract is true and correct in all
        material respects;

    (2) immediately prior to the transfer of a contract, the contract was owned
        by the originator free and clear of any adverse claim;

    (3) the contract is not a defaulted contract;

    (4) no provision of the contract has been waived, altered or modified in any
        way, except by instruments or documents contained in the files relating
        to the contract;

    (5) the contract is a valid and binding payment obligation of the obligor
        and its terms are enforceable, except the enforcement may be limited by
        insolvency, bankruptcy, moratorium, reorganization, or other similar
        laws affecting enforceability of creditors' rights and the availability
        of equitable remedies;

    (6) the contract is not and will not be subject to rights of rescission,
        setoff, counterclaim or defense;

    (7) the contract, at the time it was made, did not violate the laws of the
        United States or any state, except for any violations which do not
        materially and adversely affect the collectibility of the contracts
        taken as a whole;

    (8)

       (a) the contract and any related equipment have not been sold,
           transferred, assigned or pledged by the originator to any person
           other than the end-user;

       (b) any equipment related to the contract is free and clear of any liens
           and encumbrances of any third parties other than liens in favor of
           the originator and permitted liens; and

       (c) either

            (i) the contract is secured by a fully perfected lien of the first
                priority on the related equipment or, in the case of any vendor
                loan, related end-user contract or equipment or

                                       89
<PAGE>
            (ii) in the case of a contract secured by aircraft, within
                 30 calendar days of the origination or acquisition of the
                 contract by the originator all required federal registration or
                 recording procedures were initiated, and such interest will be
                 so noted or recorded within 180 days of such acquisition or
                 origination;

    (9) if the contract constitutes either an "INSTRUMENT" or "CHATTEL PAPER"
        for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code, there is not more than one
        "SECURED PARTY'S ORIGINAL" counterpart of the contract;

   (10) all filings necessary to evidence the conveyance or transfer of the
        contract to the trust depositor have been made in all appropriate
        jurisdictions;

   (11) the obligor is not, to the originators' knowledge, subject to bankruptcy
        or other insolvency proceedings;

   (12) the contract is a U.S. dollar-denominated obligation and the associated
        equipment is located in the United States;

   (13) the contract does not require the prior written consent of an obligor or
        contain any other restriction on the transfer or assignment of the
        contract other than a consent or waiver of such restriction that has
        been obtained prior to the date of the contract was sold to the trust;

   (14) the obligations of the related obligor under the contract are
        irrevocable and unconditional and non-cancelable or, if prepayable by
        its terms, such contract meets the criteria described in clause (24)
        below;

   (15) the contract has an original maturity of not greater than 107 months;

   (16) no adverse selection procedure was used in selecting the contract for
        transfer;

   (17) the obligor under the contract is required to maintain casualty
        insurance with respect to the related equipment or to self-insure
        against casualty with respect to the related equipment in an amount that
        is consistent with the servicer's normal servicing requirements;

   (18) the contract constitutes chattel paper, an account, an instrument or a
        general intangible as defined under the Uniform Commercial Code;

   (19) no lease is a "CONSUMER LEASE" as defined in Section 2A-103(1)(e) of the
        Uniform Commercial Code and each lease is a lease intended for security
        as defined in Section 1-201(39) of the Uniform Commercial Code;

   (20) each lessee has represented to the originator or the vendor that it has
        accepted the related equipment and that it has had a reasonable
        opportunity to inspect and test the equipment and the originator has not
        been notified of any defects in the equipment;

   (21) the contract is not guaranteed by any originator nor has the originator
        established any specific credit reserve with respect to the related
        obligor;

   (22) each lease is a "TRIPLE NET LEASE" under which the obligor is
        responsible for the maintenance of the related equipment in a manner
        that conforms with general industry standards;

   (23) each vendor loan is secured by an end-user contract(s) having an
        aggregate discounted contract balance equal to the outstanding principal
        amount of the vendor loan;

   (24) no provision of the contract provides for a prepayment amount less than

       (a) the amount the discounted contract balance on the date of the
           prepayment plus

       (b) any accrued, unpaid interest at the discount rate plus

       (c) any outstanding servicer's advances for the contract;

       unless the vendor or the originators pay to the trust the difference
       between the prepayment amount actually paid and the required prepayment
       amount; and

   (25) the obligor is not the United States of America or any state or local
        government or any agency, department, subdivision or instrumentality of
        those governments.

    These representations and warranties will be reaffirmed by the originators
when they transfer a substitute contract to the trust depositor. A contract
which satisfies all of the above representations and warranties shall be deemed
an "ELIGIBLE CONTRACT". Contracts with respect to which the representations in
clauses (3), (15) and (24) are not true shall also be eligible contracts if the
trust depositor shall have

                                       90
<PAGE>
received confirmation from each rating agency rating the notes that the
discrepancy will not result in a downgrading of the existing ratings on the
notes. In addition, the originators will jointly and severally represent and
warrant to the trust depositor that they have validly sold and assigned to the
trust depositor all right, title and interest of the applicable originator in
the related contracts and the proceeds of the contracts.

    The originators will also jointly and severally represent and warrant in the
sale and servicing agreement with respect to each end-user contract securing a
vendor loan transferred by either originator that as of the related cutoff date,
among other things,

    (1) that the end-user contract is an eligible contract,

    (2) that the originator holds a duly perfected lien of the first priority on
       the end-user contract, and

    (3) that the transfer of the originator's security interest in the end-user
       contract and the proceeds of those contracts to the trust depositor is
       effective to create in favor of the trust depositor a lien on those
       contracts and that such lien has been duly perfected.

    Permitted liens on the contracts consist of:

    (1) liens for state, municipal or other local taxes but only if

       (a) such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or

       (b) the trust depositor shall currently be contesting the validity of
           those liens in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have
           reserved for those liens on its books;

    (2) liens in favor of the trust depositor created under the sale and
       servicing agreement and transferred to the trust under the sale and
       servicing agreement;

    (3) liens in favor of the trust created under the sale and servicing
       agreement; and

    (4) liens in favor of the indenture trustee created under the sale and
       servicing agreement and the indenture; and

    Permitted liens on the equipment securing the contracts consist of:

    (1) materialmen's, warehousemen's, mechanics' and other liens arising by
       operation of law in the ordinary course of business for sums not due;

    (2) liens for state, municipal or other local taxes if:

       (A) such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or

       (B) the trust depositor shall currently be contesting the validity of
           those liens in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have
           set aside on its books adequate related reserves;

    (3) liens in favor of the trust depositor and transferred to the trust under
       the sale and servicing agreement;

    (4) liens in favor of the trust created under the sale and servicing
       agreement;

    (5) liens in favor of the indenture trustee created under the sale and
       servicing agreement and the indenture;

    (6) other subordinated liens which are subordinated to the prior payment of
       the notes on terms described in the sale and servicing agreement; and

    (7) liens granted by the end-users or vendors which are subordinated to the
       interest of the trust in the equipment.

    The trust depositor will represent and warrant in the sale and servicing
agreement that:

    (1) the transfer of the contracts is a valid sale, transfer and assignment
       to the trust of all right, title and interest of the trust depositor in
       the contracts;

    (2) all filings necessary to evidence the conveyance or transfer of the
       contracts to the trust have been made in all appropriate jurisdictions;

    (3) that each contract is an eligible contract;

                                       91
<PAGE>
    (4) that each end-user contract or interest in the contract securing a
       vendor loan is an eligible contract;

    (5) that the security interest granted on the related contracts by the trust
       to the indenture trustee is effective to create in favor of the indenture
       trustee a lien on the contracts and that the lien has been duly
       perfected; and

    (6) that the trust depositor holds a duly perfected lien of the first
       priority on each end-user contract securing a vendor loan.

    None of the indenture trustee, the trust, the owner trustee or any of them
in their individual capacities, shall make or be deemed to have made any
representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding the trust's assets
or the transfers of those assets by the originators, the trust depositor or the
trust.

REMEDIES FOR BREACHES OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; DEFINITION OF
  INELIGIBLE CONTRACT

    Under the terms of the sale and servicing agreement, each contract must be
an eligible contract as of its date of transfer to the trust. The indenture
trustee shall reassign any contract to the trust depositor, and the originators
will be concurrently obligated, jointly and severally, to purchase from the
trust depositor, such contract transferred by an originator no later than
90 days after any originator becomes aware, or receives written notice from the
servicer or the trust depositor, of the breach of any representation or warranty
made by the originator in the sale and servicing agreement. That transfer and
repurchase of the contract is required only if the breach of the representation
or warranty by the originator materially adversely affects the interests of the
trust depositor or the trust or their successors or assigns in such contract or
the documents relating to such contract, which breach has not been cured or
waived in all material respects. This purchase obligation will constitute the
sole remedy against the originators and the trust depositor available to you for
a breach of a representation or warranty under the sale and servicing agreement
made by the originators with respect to that contract.

    An ineligible contract shall be reassigned to the trust depositor and the
trust depositor shall make a deposit in the collection account in immediately
available funds in an amount equal to the discounted contract balance of the
ineligible contract together with accrued interest and any outstanding servicer
advances on the contract. Any amount deposited into the collection account in
connection with the reassignment of an ineligible contract shall be considered
payment in full of the ineligible contract, and that amount shall be treated as
an amount available for distribution to you. In the alternative, the trust
depositor may instead obtain a substitute contract and convey the substitute
contract to the trust in replacement for the affected ineligible contract. We
will release the ineligible contract and the trust depositor will reconvey it to
the originator. See "SUBSTITUTE CONTRACTS".

CONCENTRATION AMOUNTS; DEFINITION OF EXCESS CONTRACT

    In addition to the representations and warranties made by the originators
and the trust depositor with respect to the contracts as described above under
"--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE CONTRACT", the trust
depositor will represent and warrant (using the statistical discount rate) as of
December 1, 1999 as follows:

    (1) the aggregate discounted contract balance of all end-user contracts
       which finance, lease or are related to software will not exceed 7.62% of
       the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts;

    (2) the aggregate discounted contract balance of all end-user contracts with
       obligors who comprise the five largest obligors (measured by aggregate
       discounted contract balance) does not exceed 6.67% of the aggregate
       discounted contract balance of the contracts; and

                                       92
<PAGE>
    (3) the aggregate discounted contract balance of all end-user contracts with
       obligors located in a single State of the United States does not exceed
       22.36% of the aggregate discounted contract balance of the contracts.

    On the date a substitute contract is added to the trust's assets the trust
depositor will make the foregoing representations and warranties as of the
initial closing date of the transfer of the contracts to the trust. We will
treat the Substitute Contract as though it, and not the replaced contract, was
included in the contracts on the initial closing date; however, the discounted
contract balance of such substitute contract shall be equal to its discounted
contract balance as of the actual cutoff date.

    If there is a breach of any of the foregoing representations or warranties
(an "EXCESS CONTRACT"), which breach has not been cured or waived in all
material respects, the removal of which shall remedy such breach, the servicer
will select a contract, and the indenture trustee shall reassign such contract
to the trust depositor, and the originators will be jointly and severally
obligated to purchase such contract from the trust depositor. Such purchase
shall occur no later than 90 days after the trust depositor or any originator
becomes aware, or receives written notice from the servicer or the trust
depositor, of such breach. This purchase obligation will constitute the sole
remedy against the originators and trust depositor available to you for a breach
of one of the foregoing representations or warranties.

    An Excess Contract shall be reassigned to the trust depositor and the trust
depositor shall make a deposit in the collection account in immediately
available funds in an amount equal to the discounted contract balance of the
Excess Contract together with accrued interest and any outstanding servicer
advances on the contract. Any amount deposited into the collection account in
connection with the reassignment of an Excess Contract shall be considered
payment in full of the Excess Contract and shall be treated as an amount
available for distribution to you. In the alternative, the trust depositor may
instead cause the originators, or either of them, to convey to the trust
depositor, a substitute contract in replacement for the Excess Contract, which
shall thereupon be deemed released by the trust and reconveyed through the trust
depositor to the applicable originator. See "--SUBSTITUTE CONTRACTS".

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO CONTRACTS

    Under the terms of the sale and servicing agreement, the servicer may vary
the provisions of a contract, some of which constitute material modifications.
Under the sale and servicing agreement, only the following modifications are
permitted:

    - waivers and other modifications that:

       (1) conform with the servicer's customary and usual practices and

       (2) do not have the effect of accelerating, delaying, reducing or
           extending the dates for scheduled payments for the contract; however,
           the rating agencies may waive this requirement;

    - to the extent consistent with the servicer's past practices, the servicer
      may reduce one to three scheduled payments for a contract if additional
      payments are added to the scheduled payments subsequently due and the
      discounted contract balance of the contract as modified equals or exceeds
      the discounted contract balance prior to the modification; provided, that
      the discounted contract balances of all contracts which have similarly
      reduced scheduled payments does not exceed 5% of the aggregate discounted
      contract balance of the contracts as of the initial cutoff date and no
      payments are deferred beyond October 1, 2007;

    - waiver of any late payment charge and other service fees that may be
      collected in the ordinary course of servicing the contract; or

    - permit prepayment of a contract that is not otherwise prepayable by its
      terms. The prepayment may include, without limitation, a full or partial
      buy out of the equipment which is the subject of

                                       93
<PAGE>
      the contract, or an equipment upgrade. In the event of an early
      termination of a contract which has been prepaid in full, the trust
      depositor will have the option to cause the trust to reinvest the proceeds
      of the contract in one or more contracts having similar characteristics to
      the terminated contract. See "--SUBSTITUTE CONTRACTS". The servicer is not
      authorized to permit an early termination of a contract, without the
      addition to the trust of a substitute contract, unless the amount to be
      prepaid, whether by the related obligor, or through a combination of
      payments from the related obligor and from the originator or servicer, on
      such terminated contract is equal at least to the then discounted contract
      balance of the contract, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Non-material adjustments or modifications in contract terms may be effected by
the servicer on behalf of the trust without your consent and without affecting
the status of the contract as part of the trust.

SUBSTITUTE CONTRACTS

    In the event we subsequently determine that a contract is not an eligible
contract or a contract becomes a prepaid contract, a materially modified
contract or an Excess Contract, the originator will have the option to
substitute for that contract another contract having similar characteristics.
See "--REMEDIES FOR BREACHES OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; DEFINITION OF
INELIGIBLE CONTRACT," "--CONCENTRATION AMOUNTS; DEFINITION OF EXCESS CONTRACT"
and "--MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO CONTRACTS". The ability to substitute contracts
is subject to an overall limit, in respect of the materially modified contracts,
of an aggregate amount not to exceed 10% of the aggregate discounted contract
balance of the contracts as of December 1, 1999, the initial cutoff date.

    The substitute contracts will have a discounted contract balance equal to or
greater than that of the contracts being substituted and shall have a similar
weighted average life. In addition, either the final payment on the substitute
contract will be on or prior to October 1, 2007, or, to the extent the final
payment on such contract is due after October 1, 2007, only scheduled payments
due on or prior to such date may be included in the discounted contract balance
of the contract for the purpose of making any calculation under the indenture or
the sale and servicing agreement.

DEFINITION OF DEFAULTED CONTRACTS

    A contract will automatically be deemed to be a defaulted contract on the
earlier occurrence of either (1) or (2) below:

    (1) a full contractual payment has not been received from the obligor or the
       vendor, if there is vendor recourse, for 120 days or a shorter period as
       the originators may determine consistent with their respective collection
       policy; or

    (2) if at any time the servicer determines, under its customary and usual
       practices, that the contract is not collectible after taking into account
       any available vendor recourse.

The current policy of the servicer with respect to writing off contracts is
described in "HELLER FINANCIAL, INC. AND HELLER FINANCIAL LEASING, INC.--GLOBAL
VENDOR FINANCE--COLLECTION PROCESS/VENDOR RECOURSE" and "HELLER FINANCIAL, INC.
AND HELLER FINANCIAL LEASING, INC.--COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT
FINANCE--COLLECTION/SERVICING" above.

    Upon classification as a defaulted contract, the servicer shall accelerate
all payments due thereunder or take any other action as the servicer reasonably
believes will maximize the amount of recoveries and shall otherwise follow its
customary and usual collection procedures, which may include the repossession
and sale of any related equipment or other security on behalf of the trust.

                                       94
<PAGE>
INDEMNIFICATION

    The sale and servicing agreement provides that the servicer will indemnify
the trust depositor, the trust, the owner trustee, and the indenture trustee
from and against any loss, liability, expense, damage or injury suffered or
sustained arising out of the servicer's actions or omissions with respect to the
trust.

    Under the sale and servicing agreement, the trust depositor has agreed to be
liable directly to an injured party for the entire amount of any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities arising out of or based on the arrangement created by the
sale and servicing agreement as though such agreement created a partnership
under the Illinois Uniform Limited Partnership Act in which the trust depositor
was a general partner. However, the trust depositor is not liable to you for any
losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by you in your capacity as an
investor in the notes. In the event a successor servicer is appointed, the
successor servicer will indemnify and hold harmless the trust depositor for any
losses, claims, damages and liabilities of the trust depositor as described in
this paragraph arising from the actions or omissions of the successor servicer.
Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the sale and servicing agreement
provides that none of the trust depositor, the servicer or any of their
directors, officers, employees or agents will be under any other liability to
the trust, the owner trustee, the indenture trustee, the noteholders or any
other person for any action taken, or for refraining from taking any action, in
good faith under the sale and servicing agreement. However, none of the trust
depositor, the servicer or any of their directors, officers, employees or agents
will be protected against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by
reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of any such person
in the performance of their duties or by reason of reckless disregard of their
obligations and duties thereunder.

    In addition, the sale and servicing agreement provides that the servicer is
not under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action
which is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under the sale and
servicing agreement. The servicer may, in its sole discretion, undertake any
legal action which it may deem necessary or desirable for the benefit of the
noteholders with respect to the sale and servicing agreement and the rights and
duties of the parties thereunder.

SERVICING STANDARD AND SERVICER ADVANCES

    The servicer is responsible for servicing, collecting, enforcing and
administering the contracts in a manner consistent with its customary and usual
procedures for servicing contracts comparable to the contracts. Although Heller
Financial, Inc. may delegate its servicing duties to a sub-servicer, it remains
liable for the performance or non-performance of those duties.

    If the servicer determines that any scheduled payment with respect to any
contract which was due during the collection period was not received in full
prior to the end of that collection period, the servicer is required to advance
the unpaid scheduled payment if the servicer, in its sole discretion, determines
that it can recover its advance from subsequent payments on or with respect to
the contract. The servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement of the servicer
advances from subsequent payments on or with respect to the contract, including
collections of any prepayment amount, amounts deposited in the collection
account for the repurchase of ineligible contracts or recoveries with respect to
the contract, and, if the servicer determines that its advances will not be
recovered from the contracts to which its advances were related, from other
contracts included in the trust. If any entity, other than an affiliate of
Heller Financial, Inc., becomes a successor servicer, that entity shall have no
obligation to make the advances described in this paragraph.

SERVICER RESIGNATION

    The servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under the sale
and servicing agreement, except upon determination that its duties are no longer
permissible under applicable law. No such

                                       95
<PAGE>
resignation will become effective until a successor to the servicer has assumed
the servicer's responsibilities and obligations under the sale and servicing
agreement.

    Assuming that the action complies with the sale and servicing agreement

    (1) any person into which Heller Financial, Inc. or the servicer may be
       merged or consolidated;

    (2) any person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which Heller
       Financial, Inc. or the servicer is a party; or

    (3) any person succeeding to the business of Heller Financial, Inc. or the
       servicer

will be the successor to Heller Financial, Inc., as the servicer, under the sale
and servicing agreement.

SERVICER DEFAULT

    In the event of any servicer default, either the indenture trustee or the
Required Holders, by written notice to the servicer and the owner trustee, and
to the indenture trustee, if given by the noteholders, may terminate all of the
rights and obligations of the servicer, as servicer, under the sale and
servicing agreement. If the indenture trustee within 60 days of receipt of the
termination notice is unable to obtain any bids from eligible servicers and the
servicer delivers an officer's certificate to the effect that the servicer
cannot in good faith cure the servicer default which gave rise to the
termination notice, then the indenture trustee shall offer the trust depositor
the right at its option to accept retransfer of the trust's assets on the
following note interest and principal payment date. The purchase price for the
retransfer of the trust's assets shall be equal to the sum of the aggregate
principal amount of all notes and certificate on such payment date plus accrued
and unpaid interest at the applicable interest rate through the date of the
retransfer. The purchase price may also include interest on interest payments
that were due but not paid when due.

    The indenture trustee shall, as promptly as possible after giving a
termination notice, appoint a successor servicer and if no successor servicer
has been appointed by the indenture trustee and has accepted the appointment by
the time the servicer ceases to act as servicer, all rights, authority, power
and obligations of the servicer under the sale and servicing agreement shall
pass to and be vested in the indenture trustee. Prior to any appointment of the
successor, the indenture trustee will seek to obtain bids from potential
servicers meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in the sale and
servicing agreement to serve as a successor servicer for servicing compensation
not in excess of the servicing fee "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND
INDENTURE--SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES". The rights and
interest of the trust depositor under the sale and servicing agreement as holder
of the certificate will not be affected by the termination or appointment of a
successor to the servicer.

    A "SERVICER DEFAULT" refers to any of the following events:

    (a) any failure by the servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit or
       to give instructions or notice to the owner trustee or the indenture
       trustee as required by the sale and servicing agreement on or before the
       date occurring three business days after the date the payment, transfer,
       deposit, or the instruction or notice or report is required to be made or
       given, as the case may be, under the terms of the sale and servicing
       agreement; or

    (b) failure on the part of the servicer duly to observe or perform in any
       material respect any other covenants or agreements of the servicer set
       forth in the sale and servicing agreement which has a material adverse
       effect on the noteholders, which continues unremedied for a period of
       30 days after the first to occur of:

       (1) the date on which written notice of such failure requiring the same
           to be remedied shall have been given to the servicer by the indenture
           trustee or to the servicer and the indenture trustee by the
           noteholders or the indenture trustee on behalf of the holders of

                                       96
<PAGE>
           notes aggregating not less than 25% of the principal amount of any
           class of notes adversely affected thereby and

       (2) the date on which the servicer becomes aware of the failure and such
           failure continues to materially adversely affect the noteholders for
           such period; or

    (c) any representation, warranty or certification made by the servicer in
       the sale and servicing agreement or in any certificate delivered under
       the sale and servicing agreement shall prove to have been incorrect when
       made, which has a material adverse effect on the noteholders and which
       continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of
       30 days after the first to occur of:

       (1) the date on which written notice of such incorrectness requiring the
           same to be remedied shall have been given to the servicer and the
           owner trustee by the indenture trustee, or to the servicer, the owner
           trustee and the indenture trustee by noteholders or by the indenture
           trustee on behalf of holders of notes aggregating not less than 25%
           of the principal amount of any class adversely affected thereby and

       (2) the date on which the servicer becomes aware of the incorrectness,
           and such incorrectness continues to materially adversely affect such
           holders for such period; or

    (d) any event relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership shall occur
       with respect to the servicer.

    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance referred
to under clause (a) above for a period of five business days or referred to
under clause (b) or (c) for a period of 60 days, in addition to any period
provided in (a), (b) or (c), shall not constitute a servicer default until the
expiration of such additional five business days or 60 days, respectively, if
such delay or failure could not be prevented by the exercise of reasonable
diligence by the servicer and such delay or failure was caused by an act of God
or other similar occurrences. Regardless of whether the events described in
(a)-(d) have occurred, the servicer is required to use its best efforts to
perform its obligations in a timely manner in as required by the sale and
servicing agreement. The servicer shall provide the owner trustee, the indenture
trustee and the trust depositor prompt notice of such failure or delay by it,
together with a description of its efforts to perform its obligations. The
servicer shall immediately notify the indenture trustee in writing of any
servicer default.

    If an event relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership occurs with
respect to the servicer and no other event which would result in a servicer
default has occurred, an unpaid creditor of the servicer or a representative of
creditors of the servicer, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, or the servicer
acting as a debtor-in-possession, would have the power to prevent either the
indenture trustee or the noteholders from appointing a successor servicer.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

    The sale and servicing agreement provides that on or before March 31 of each
calendar year the servicer will cause a firm of nationally recognized
independent public accountants to furnish a report to the effect that such firm
has applied the procedures agreed upon with the servicer and examined documents
and records relating to the servicing of the related contracts and that, on the
basis of such procedures, nothing came to the attention of such firm that caused
them to believe that the servicing was not conducted in compliance with the sale
and servicing agreement except for those exceptions or errors as such firm shall
believe to be immaterial and other exceptions set forth in its statement. Those
accountants may also render other services to the servicer or the trust
depositor.

    The sale and servicing agreement provides for delivery to the indenture
trustee and each rating agency rating the notes on or before March 31 of each
calendar year of a statement signed by an

                                       97
<PAGE>
officer of the servicer to the effect that, to the best of the officer's
knowledge, the servicer has performed its obligations in all material respects
under the sale and servicing agreement throughout the preceding year or, if
there has been a default in the performance of any obligation, specifying the
nature and status of the default.

    Copies of all statements, certificates and reports furnished to the
indenture trustee may be obtained by a request in writing delivered to the
indenture trustee.

AMENDMENTS

    The sale and servicing agreement may be amended from time to time by
agreement of the owner trustee, the indenture trustee and the trust depositor
without your consent or the indenture trustee's consent, to cure any ambiguity
or to add any consistent provisions; PROVIDED, we obtain an opinion of counsel
stating that the amendment does not adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of any noteholder or holder of the certificate.

    The sale and servicing agreement may also be amended from time to time by
the trust depositor, the servicer, the indenture trustee and the owner trustee
with the consent of the noteholders holding notes evidencing not less than
66 2/3% of the principal amount of the notes for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
the sale and servicing agreement or of modifying in any manner your rights. No
amendment, however, may

    (1) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of,
       distributions which are required to be made on any note without the
       consent of each noteholder affected thereby;

    (2) change the definition of or the manner of calculating the "CLASS A-1
       PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "CLASS A-2 PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT", the
       "CLASS A-3 PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "CLASS A-4 PRINCIPAL PAYMENT
       AMOUNT", the "CLASS B PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "CLASS C PRINCIPAL
       PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "CLASS D PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "CLASS E
       PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "ADDITIONAL PRINCIPAL", the "DISCOUNTED
       CONTRACT BALANCE", the "REQUIRED HOLDERS", the amounts available for
       distribution to noteholders or the principal amount of the notes without
       the consent of each noteholder and holder of the certificate; or

    (3) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any amendment
       without the consent of each holder of the security affected thereby; or

    (4) modify, amend or supplement the provisions of the sale and servicing
       agreement relating to the allocation of collections on the contracts
       without the consent of each noteholder; or

    (5) make any security issued by the trust payable in money other than U.S.
       dollars without the consent of each holder of the security affected
       thereby.

    Promptly following the execution of an amendment that requires the consent
of any noteholder, the owner trustee will furnish written notice of the
substance of such amendment to each affected noteholder.

THE OWNER TRUSTEE

    Wilmington Trust Company will be the owner trustee under the sale and
servicing agreement. Heller Financial, Inc. and its affiliates may from time to
time enter into banking and trustee relationships with the owner trustee and its
affiliates. Heller Financial, Inc. and its affiliates may hold notes in their
own names; however, any notes so held shall not be entitled to participate in
any decisions made or instructions given to the owner trustee by the noteholders
as a group.

                                       98
<PAGE>
    For purposes of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdictions in which
any part of the trust's assets may at the time be located, the owner trustee
will have the power to appoint a co-trustee or separate trustee of all or any
part of the trust's assets. To the extent permitted by law, all rights, powers,
duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the owner trustee will be
conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the owner trustee and
the separate trustee or co-trustee jointly. In any jurisdiction in which the
owner trustee will be incompetent or unqualified to perform specific acts, all
rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon owner trustee
will be conferred or imposed upon the separate trustee or co-trustee who shall
exercise and perform those rights, powers, duties and obligations solely at the
direction of the owner trustee.

    The owner trustee may resign at any time, in which event a successor owner
trustee will be appointed as provided in the sale and servicing agreement. The
servicer may also remove the owner trustee if the owner trustee ceases to be
eligible to continue as the owner trustee under the sale and servicing
agreement. In such circumstances, a successor owner trustee will be appointed as
provided in the sale and servicing agreement. Any resignation or removal of the
owner trustee and appointment of a successor owner trustee does not become
effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor owner trustee.

                                       99
<PAGE>
                        FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

    The following is a general and brief discussion of the material United
States federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the notes offered by this prospectus. The discussion that
follows, and the opinion described below of Winston & Strawn, special tax
counsel to the trust depositor, are based upon current provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, existing and proposed Treasury
Regulations, current administrative rulings, judicial decisions and other
applicable authorities in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject
to change, possibly with retroactive effect. There are no cases, regulations, or
Internal Revenue Service rulings on comparable transactions or instruments to
those described in this prospectus. As a result, there can be no assurance that
the IRS will not challenge the conclusions reached in this description of
Federal Income Tax Consequences, and no ruling from the IRS has been or will be
sought on any of the issues discussed below. Furthermore, legislative, judicial
or administrative changes may occur, perhaps with retroactive effect, which
could affect the accuracy of the statements set forth below.

    The following is a summary of material federal income tax consequences and
therefore it does not attempt to explain fully every relevant technical aspect
of the applicable tax provisions. Additionally, some of the complex technical
rules which would not be applicable to most investors but may apply to some
specific types of investors, such as dealers in securities, have not been
included. Also, the descriptions of the relevant tax rules are intended to
explain the general application of the rules. BECAUSE THIS SUMMARY OF MATERIAL
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS INTENDED TO BE GENERAL IN NATURE, IT IS
RECOMMENDED THAT PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO
THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND ANY OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE
PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES.

    This summary of material federal income tax matters is divided into two
parts. The first part describes the classification of the notes as debt and the
treatment of the trust as an entity which is not subject to tax at the entity
level. The second part describes the taxation of an investor in the notes. Under
the caption "General Tax Treatment of Noteholders" is a description of the tax
consequences for what is expected to be the typical investment situation. The
description of General Tax Treatment of Noteholders provides a summary of
federal income tax consequences for investors who are citizens or residents of
the United States who purchase U.S. dollar denominated notes for investment at a
purchase price equal to the principal amount of the notes plus accrued interest,
if any. There are a variety of technical tax rules which can be expected to
apply only to some investors or in special circumstances. Those rules are
separately described under the caption "Special Tax Rules". Those special rules
apply, for example, to investors who are foreign persons or who purchase a note
at a price which is higher or lower than a note's principal amount. IT IS
RECOMMENDED THAT EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR CONSULT A TAX ADVISOR TO DETERMINE
WHETHER ANY OF THE SPECIAL TAX RULES ARE APPLICABLE.

CLASSIFICATION OF THE NOTES AND THE TRUST

    In connection with the issuance of the notes, Winston & Strawn has delivered
its opinion that, for federal income tax purposes, under existing law the trust
will not be treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable
as a corporation and the notes will be treated as indebtedness. In rendering
these opinions, Winston & Strawn has assumed that the terms of the various
documents relating to the issuance of the notes will be complied with by all of
the parties to the transaction. Those terms include a requirement, which each
investor agrees to by virtue of acquiring ownership of any beneficial interest
in a note, that the trust and the investors in the notes treat the notes as
indebtedness for federal income tax purposes. The opinion of Winston & Strawn
does not foreclose the possibility of a contrary determination by the IRS or by
a court of competent jurisdiction, or of a contrary position by the IRS or
Treasury Department in regulations or rulings issued in the future.

                                      100
<PAGE>
    It is intended that the Trust will be disregarded as a separate entity for
federal income tax purposes and therefore its net income will not be subject to
tax. If the IRS were to successfully contend that the Class E Notes, as to the
character of which Winston & Strawn provides no opinion, should be treated as
equity for federal income tax purposes, the trust would instead be treated as a
partnership and its status would not be disregarded. Restrictions have been
placed on the transferability and ownership of the Class E Notes to attempt to
ensure that, if the trust were treated as a partnership solely because of the
treatment of the Class E Notes as equity, the trust would not constitute a
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. As a result, under those
circumstances the trust would be treated as a pass-thru entity for federal
income purposes which would not itself be subject to tax; however, certain types
of investors could be adversely affected as described in the next paragraph.

    Although it is the opinion of Winston & Strawn that the trust will not be
treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a
corporation and the notes will be characterized as indebtedness for federal
income tax purposes, no assurance can be given that this characterization of the
trust or the notes will prevail. If the IRS successfully asserted that one or
more of the notes as to the character of which Winston & Strawn renders its
opinion did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, such notes might
be treated as equity interests in the trust. As a result, the trust might be
classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. If the
trust were classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation,
the trust would be subject to United States federal income tax on its net
income. An imposition of the corporate-level income tax could materially reduce
the amount of cash that would be available to make payments of principal and
interest on the notes. Alternatively, if the trust were classified as a
partnership other than a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation,
(whether because of a successful recharacterization by the IRS of either the
Class E Notes or any other notes as equity rather than debt) the trust itself
would not be subject to United States federal income tax. Instead, holders of
notes that were determined to be equity interests in the partnership would be
required to take into account their allocable share of the trust's income and
deductions. Such treatment may have adverse federal income tax consequences for
some noteholders. For example:

    (1) income to some tax-exempt entities, including pension funds, may
       constitute "UNRELATED BUSINESS TAXABLE INCOME,"

    (2) income to foreign holders is often subject to U.S. tax and U.S. tax
       return filing and withholding requirements,

    (3) individual holders might be subject to limits on their ability to deduct
       their share of trust expenses, and

    (4) income from the trust's assets would be taxable to noteholders without
       regard to whether cash distributions are actually made by the trust or
       any particular noteholder's method of tax accounting.

    The discussion that follows assumes that the notes will be treated as
indebtedness for federal income tax purposes.

GENERAL TAX TREATMENT OF NOTEHOLDERS

    PAYMENTS OF INTEREST.  An investor will be taxed on the amount of payments
of interest on a note as ordinary interest income at the time it accrues or is
received in a manner that is consistent with the investor's regular method of
accounting for United States federal income tax purposes.

    SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF A NOTE.  An investor who disposes of a note,
whether by sale, exchange for other property, or payment by the trust, will
recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount
realized on the sale or other disposition, not including any amount attributable
to accrued but unpaid interest, and the investor's adjusted tax basis in the
note. In general,

                                      101
<PAGE>
an investor's adjusted tax basis in a note will be equal to the initial purchase
price. Any gain or loss recognized upon the sale or other disposition of a note
will be capital gain or loss. For non-corporate investors, capital gain
recognized on the sale or other disposition of a note held by the investor for
more than one year will be taxed at a maximum rate of 20%. Capital gain for a
note held for one year or less is taxed at the rates applicable to ordinary
income, I.E., up to 39.6%. Taxpayers must aggregate capital gains and losses for
each taxable year. In the event a taxpayer realizes a net capital loss for any
year there are limits on the amount of capital losses which can be deducted.

    INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING.  The trust will be required to
report annually to the IRS, and to each non-corporate noteholder, the amount of
interest paid on the notes for each calendar year. Each non-corporate
noteholder, other than noteholders who are not subject to the reporting
requirements, will be required to provide, under penalties of perjury, a
certificate (Form W-9) containing the noteholder's name, address, correct
federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the noteholder is
not subject to backup withholding. Should a non-exempt noteholder fail to
provide the required certification, the trust will be required to withhold or
cause to be withheld 31% of the interest otherwise payable to the noteholder and
remit the withheld amounts to the IRS as a credit against the noteholder's
federal income tax liability.

SPECIAL TAX RULES

    SPECIAL TYPES OF INVESTORS.  The reference to United States citizens or
residents in the description of General Tax Treatment of Noteholders set forth
above applies not only to individuals but also to any investor who is:

    - a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under the laws of
      the United States or of any political subdivision thereof,

    - an estate the income of which is subject to the United States federal
      income taxation regardless of its sources, or

    - a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary
      jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more United
      States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of
      the trust.

Any investor which is not a United States citizen or resident should review the
summary below for investment in notes by foreign persons. Also, neither the
description of General Tax Treatment of Noteholders above nor this discussion of
Special Tax Rules describes tax consequences to special classes of investors,
including investors who are dealers in securities or currencies, persons holding
notes as a part of a hedging transaction, some financial institutions or
insurance companies. Those particular types of investors are subject to specific
federal income tax treatment which is not generally applicable to other
investors. This summary of Federal Income Tax Consequences does not describe tax
consequences for those types of investors.

    PURCHASE AT A DISCOUNT.  An investor who purchases a note as part of the
initial offering by the trust for an issue price that is less than its "stated
redemption price at maturity" will be considered to have purchased the note at
an original issue discount for United States federal income tax purposes,
referred to as "OID". In general, the stated redemption price at maturity for a
note is equal to the principal amount. If a note is acquired with OID the
investor will be required to include in income each year, taxable as ordinary
income in the same manner as cash interest payments, a portion of the OID. For
cash basis investors, such as individuals, the requirement that OID be accrued
as income each year means the investor recognizes taxable income even though the
investor does not receive cash corresponding to that income. The amount of OID
accrued as income each year is based upon a formula which looks at the constant
yield on the notes and the term to maturity so as to annually allocate a
proportionate share of OID. Under these rules, investors will be required to
include in income increasingly greater amounts of OID in successive accrual
periods.

                                      102
<PAGE>
    In determining whether a note has OID, the issue price of the note may not
necessarily equal the investor's purchase price, although they should be
approximately the same. The issue price of a note will equal the initial
offering price to the public at which price a substantial amount of the notes is
sold not including bond houses, brokers or similar persons or organizations
acting in the capacity of underwriters or wholesalers.

    If an investor acquires a note in a secondary market transaction for a
purchase price which is less than the principal amount or other amount payable
at maturity of the note, the difference is referred to for tax purposes as
market discount. Similarly to OID, an investor must accrue a portion of the
market discount each year. The amount of market discount which accrues annually
will be calculated on a straight-line basis over the remaining term to maturity
of the note unless the investor elects to accrue market discount using the
constant yield method, I.E., the OID method. Unlike OID, however, an investor
does not include accrued market discount in ordinary income each year. Rather,
the aggregate amount of accrued market discount is included in income when an
investor sells or otherwise disposes of the note or principal amounts are
received. At that time, the portion of the amount realized by the investor on
the sale or other disposition of the note equal to accrued market discount is
taxed as ordinary income (maximum tax rate of 39.6%) rather than long term
capital gain (maximum tax rate of 20%).

    If an investor would prefer to be taxed on the annual accrual of market
discount each year rather than being taxed on the aggregate amount of all
accrued market discount when the note is sold or otherwise disposed of, the
investor can file an election to do so. The adjusted basis of a note subject to
the election will be increased to reflect market discount included in gross
income, thereby reducing gain or increasing any loss on a sale or other taxable
disposition of the note. Such an election would apply to all of the investor's
debt investments acquired in or after the taxable year in which the notes are
acquired and not just to the notes.

    Limitations imposed by the federal tax law which are intended to match
deductions with the taxation of income may defer deductions for interest paid by
an investor on indebtedness incurred or continued, or short-sale expenses
incurred, to purchase or carry a note with market discount. A noteholder who
elects to include market discount in gross income as it accrues is exempt from
this rule.

    Whenever an investor accrues and includes in income an amount of OID or
market discount, the investor's adjusted basis in the corresponding note is
increased by that same amount. As a result, the investor would recognize a lower
capital gain or greater capital loss on the sale or other disposition of the
note.

    In general, if the amount of OID or market discount would be less than 1/4th
of one percent of the note's principal or other stated redemption price at
maturity, the investor can disregard the OID or market discount rules.

    PURCHASE AT A PREMIUM.  If an investor purchases a note as part of the
initial offering for a price that exceeds the principal amount or other amount
payable at maturity, the investor will be considered to have an amortizable bond
premium. An investor can elect to accrue a portion of the premium each year as a
deduction to offset interest income on the corresponding note. The amount of
premium which can be amortized and deducted each year is calculated using a
constant yield method over the remaining term to maturity of the note. The
deduction is available only to offset interest income on the corresponding note;
it cannot be used as a deduction to the extent it exceeds taxable note interest.
The adjusted tax basis which an investor has in a note must be reduced by the
amount of premium for which a deduction is claimed. Because the basis is
reduced, the investor would recognize a larger taxable capital gain or a smaller
capital loss on the sale or other disposition of the note. If an investor elects
to amortize and deduct premium, the election will apply to all of the investor's
debt investments and not just to the notes.

                                      103
<PAGE>
    If an investor purchases in a secondary market transaction a note which was
originally issued with OID for an amount which is less than the sum of all
amounts payable on the note after the purchase date other than payments of
qualified stated interest but in excess of its adjusted issue price (I.E., the
original issue price plus any accrued OID as those terms are described above),
the excess is referred to for tax purposes as "acquisition premium." The
investor would be permitted to reduce the daily portions of OID the investor
would otherwise include in income by an amount corresponding to the ratio of
(1) the excess of the investor's purchase price for the note over the adjusted
issue price of the note as of the purchase date to (2) the excess of all amounts
payable on the note after the purchase date, other than payments of qualified
stated interest, over the note's adjusted issue price.

    ELECTION TO TREAT ALL INTEREST AS ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT.  An investor may
elect to include in gross income all interest that accrues on a note using the
constant-yield method described above under the heading "PURCHASE AT A
DISCOUNT," with modifications described below. For purposes of this election,
interest includes qualified stated interest, OID, DE MINIMIS original issue
discount, market discount, DE MINIMUS market discount and unstated interest, as
adjusted by any amortizable bond premium or acquisition premium.

    In applying the constant-yield method to a note with respect to which this
election has been made, the issue price of the note will equal the electing
investor's adjusted basis in the note immediately after its acquisition, the
issue date of the note will be the date of its acquisition by the electing
investor, and no payments on the note will be treated as payments of qualified
stated interest. This election, if made, may not be revoked without the consent
of the Internal Revenue Service. Investors should consult with their own tax
advisors as to the effect in their circumstances of making this election.

    FOREIGN INVESTORS.  Special tax rules apply to the purchase of notes by
foreign persons. For U.S. tax purposes, foreign investors include any person who
is not:

    - a citizen or resident of the United States,

    - a corporation, partnership or other entity organized in or under the laws
      of the United States or any political subdivision thereof,

    - an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S.
      federal income tax purposes, regardless of its sources, or

    - a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary
      supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United
      States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of
      the trust.

    Interest paid or accrued to a foreign investor that is not effectively
connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by
the investor will be considered "PORTFOLIO INTEREST" and usually will not be
subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax as long as the
foreign investor is not actually or constructively a 10 percent shareholder of
the trust or a controlled foreign corporation related to the trust through stock
ownership and provides an appropriate statement (Form W-8 or Form W-8 BEN) to
the trust or paying agent that is signed under penalties of perjury, certifying
that the beneficial owner of the note is a foreign person and providing that
foreign person's name and address. If the information provided in this statement
changes, the foreign investor must provide a new form within 30 days. The form
is effective for three years. If the foreign investor fails to satisfy these
requirements so that interest on the investor's notes was not portfolio
interest, interest payments would be subject to United States federal income and
withholding tax treaty, the foreign investor must provide the paying agent with
Form 1001. This form is also effective for three years.

                                      104
<PAGE>
    Any capital gain realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of a note
by a foreign investor will be exempt from United States federal income and
withholding tax, provided that:

    (1) the gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
       business in the Unites States by the investor and

    (2) in the case of an individual foreign investor, the investor is not
       present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable
       year. If an individual foreign investor is present in the U.S. for
       183 days or more during the taxable year, the gain on the sale or other
       disposition of the notes could be subject to a 30% withholding tax unless
       reduced by treaty.

    If the interest, gain or income on a note held by a foreign investor is
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States by the investor, the noteholder will be subject to United States federal
income tax on the interest, gain or income at regular federal income tax rates.
At the same time, the noteholder may be exempt from withholding tax if a
Form 4224 is furnished to the paying agent. Form 4224 is effective for only one
calendar year. In addition, if the foreign investor is a foreign corporation, it
may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% of its "effectively
connected earnings and profits" for the taxable year, as adjusted, unless it
qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable tax treaty.

    Regardless of when a foreign investor acquired the note, Treasury
Regulations which will become effective for note payments made after
December 31, 2000 change reporting requirements for some withholding agents.

    If a foreign investor fails to provide necessary documentation to the trust
or its paying agent regarding the investor's taxpayer identification number or
certification of exempt status, a 31% backup withholding tax may be applied to
note payments to that investor. Any amounts withheld under the backup
withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against the foreign
investor's U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information
is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

    Because of the differences in state and local tax laws and their
applicability to different investors, it is not possible to summarize the
potential, state and local tax consequences of purchasing, holding or disposing
of the notes and no opinions of counsel have been obtained regarding state tax
matters. ACCORDINGLY, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR CONSULT A
TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE,
OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

    The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, imposes
specific requirements on employee benefit plans subject to ERISA and prohibits
some transactions between ERISA-regulated plans and persons who are "PARTIES IN
INTEREST" (as defined under ERISA) with respect to assets of such plans.
Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code prohibits a similar set of
transactions between specified plans or individual retirement accounts and
persons who are "DISQUALIFIED PERSONS" (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code)
with respect to Internal Revenue Code-regulated plans. Some employee benefit
plans, such as governmental plans and church plans, if no election has been made
under Section 410(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, are not subject to the
requirements of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, and assets
of such plans may be invested in the notes, subject to the provisions of other
applicable federal and state law. Any such plan which is qualified under
Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and exempt from taxation under
Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code is, however, subject to the
prohibited transaction rules set forth in Section 503 of the Internal Revenue
Code.

                                      105
<PAGE>
    Investments by ERISA-regulated plans are subject to ERISA's general
fiduciary requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and
diversification and the requirement that investments comply with the terms of
the documents governing the ERISA-regulated plan. Before investing in the notes,
an ERISA-regulated plan fiduciary should consider, among other factors, whether
to do so is appropriate in view of the overall investment policy and liquidity
needs of the ERISA Plan.

PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

    In addition, Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue
Code prohibit parties in interest and disqualified persons with respect to ERISA
Plans and Code Plans from engaging in some transactions involving such Plans or
"PLAN ASSETS" of such Plans, unless a statutory or administrative exemption
applies to the transaction. Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended and Sections 502(i) and 502(1) of ERISA provide for the imposition of
excise taxes and civil penalties on persons that engage or participate in such
prohibited transactions. The trust depositor, the underwriters, the servicer,
the indenture trustee or the owner trustee or their affiliates may be considered
or may become parties in interest or disqualified persons with respect to a
Plan. If so, the acquisition or holding of the notes by, on behalf of or with
"PLAN ASSETS" of such Plan may be considered to give rise to a "PROHIBITED
TRANSACTION" within the meaning of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code, unless an administrative exemption described below or some other
exemption is available.

    The notes may not be purchased with the assets of a Plan if the trust
depositor, the underwriters, the servicer, the indenture trustee, or the owner
trustee or any of their affiliates either:

    (a) has discretionary authority or control with respect to the investment or
       management of such assets; or

    (b) has authority or responsibility to give, or regularly gives, investment
       advice with respect to such assets pursuant to an agreement or
       understanding that such advice will serve as a primary basis for
       investment decisions with respect to such assets and that such advice
       will be based on the particular needs of the Plan; or

    (c) is an employer of employees covered under the Plan unless such
       investment is made through an insurance company general or pooled
       separate account or a bank collective investment fund and an exemption is
       available.

    Depending on the relevant facts and circumstances, some prohibited
transaction exemptions may apply to the purchase or holding of the notes--for
example, Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 96-23, which exempts
transactions effected on behalf of a Plan by an "IN-HOUSE ASSET MANAGER;" PTCE
95-60, which exempts transactions between insurance company general accounts and
parties in interest; PTCE 91-38, which exempts transactions between bank
collective investment funds and parties in interest; PTCE 90-1, which exempts
transactions between insurance company pooled separate accounts and parties in
interest; or PTCE 84-14, which exempts transactions effected on behalf of a Plan
by a "QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ASSET MANAGER." There can be no assurance that any
of these exemptions will apply with respect to any Plan's investment in the
notes or, even if an exemption were deemed to apply, that any exemption would
apply to all prohibited transactions that may occur in connection with such
investment.

    Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties imposed, any
fiduciary or other Plan investor who proposes to invest assets of a Plan in the
notes should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential consequences
under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of doing so.

                                      106
<PAGE>
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

GENERAL

    Under the terms of an underwriting agreement dated December 8, 1999 for the
sale of the notes offered by this prospectus, the trust depositor has agreed to
sell to the underwriters and each of the underwriters has separately agreed to
purchase from the trust depositor, the principal amount of the notes set forth
opposite its name below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT TO BE PURCHASED
                                                        CLASS A-1 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1999-2
                                                        ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
First Union Securities, Inc...........................                     $56,040,061
Credit Suisse First Boston............................                     $18,680,020
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.....................                     $18,680,020
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT TO BE PURCHASED
                                                        CLASS A-2 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1999-2
                                                        ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
First Union Securities, Inc...........................                     $46,498,993
Credit Suisse First Boston............................                     $15,499,665
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.....................                     $15,499,665
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT TO BE PURCHASED
                                                        CLASS A-3 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1999-2
                                                        ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
First Union Securities, Inc...........................                     $63,278,112
Credit Suisse First Boston............................                     $21,092,704
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.....................                     $21,092,704
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT TO BE PURCHASED
                                                        CLASS A-4 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1999-2
                                                        ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
First Union Securities, Inc...........................                     $40,357,617
Credit Suisse First Boston............................                     $13,452,539
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.....................                     $13,452,539
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT TO BE PURCHASED
                                                          CLASS B RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1999-2
                                                          ----------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>
First Union Securities, Inc.............................                    $4,569,477
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT TO BE PURCHASED
                                                          CLASS C RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1999-2
                                                          ----------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>
First Union Securities, Inc.............................                    $4,569,477
</TABLE>

    In the respective underwriting agreements, the underwriters respectively
have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth the agreements, to
purchase all the notes offered by this prospectus if any of the notes are
purchased.

                                      107
<PAGE>
    The underwriters of each of the following classes of notes have advised the
trust and the trust depositor that the underwriters propose initially to offer
the notes to the public at the prices set forth on the cover page hereof and to
dealers at those prices less a selling concession not in excess of the following
percentages of the principal amounts of the notes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SELLING CONCESSION (AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE
CLASS OF NOTES                                 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE CLASS OF NOTES)
- --------------                                ------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>
A-1.........................................                    0.0600%
A-2.........................................                    0.0900%
A-3.........................................                    0.1200%
A-4.........................................                    0.1450%
B...........................................                    0.1500%
C...........................................                    0.1800%
</TABLE>

    Additionally, the underwriters may allow and the dealers may reallow a
concession not in excess of the following percentages of the principal amounts
of the notes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          REALLOWANCE CONCESSION (AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE
CLASS OF NOTES                               PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE CLASS OF NOTES)
- --------------                            ----------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>
A-1.....................................                      0.0300%
A-2.....................................                      0.0450%
A-3.....................................                      0.0600%
A-4.....................................                      0.0725%
B.......................................                      0.0750%
C.......................................                      0.0900%
</TABLE>

    The respective underwriting agreements provide that Heller Financial, Inc.
and the trust depositor, jointly and severally, will indemnify the underwriters
of the offered notes against some civil liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or contribute to payments the respective
underwriters may be required to make.

    There is currently no secondary market for the notes and you should not
assume that one will develop. The underwriters currently expect, but are not
obligated to make a market in the offered notes. You should not assume that any
such market will develop, or if one does develop, that it will continue or
provide sufficient liquidity.

    Until the distribution of the offered notes is completed, rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission may limit the ability of the underwriters and
some selling group members to bid for and purchase the offered notes. As an
exception to these rules, the underwriters are permitted to engage in some
transactions that stabilize the price of the offered notes. These transactions
consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining
the price of the offered notes.

    Some of the persons participating in this offering may engage in
transactions that affect the price of the offered notes. These transactions may
include the purchase of the offered notes to cover syndicate short positions. If
the underwriters create a short position in the offered notes in connection with
the offering, I.E., if it sells more notes than are set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, the underwriters may reduce that short position by
purchasing such classes of notes in the open market. In general, purchases of a
security to reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be
higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.

    Neither the originators nor the underwriters make any representations or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above, if engaged in, may have on the prices of the offered notes. In
addition, neither the originators nor the underwriters make any

                                      108
<PAGE>
representation that the underwriters will engage in those transactions or that
those transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

    In addition, First Union Securities, Inc. will act as the private placement
agent for the trust depositor in connection with the sale of the Class D Notes
and Class E Notes and will receive compensation therefor.

    In the ordinary course of its business, the underwriters and their
affiliates have engaged and may engage in commercial banking and investment
banking transactions with Heller Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including
the trust depositor and Heller Financial Leasing, Inc.

                              RATING OF THE NOTES

    It is a condition to the issuance of the notes that they receive the
following ratings from the following rating agencies:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS                            MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE   FITCH IBCA, INC.   DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO.
- -----                            -------------------------   ----------------   -------------------------------
<S>                              <C>                         <C>                <C>
Class A-1 Notes................        P-1                     F1+/AAA                 D-1+
Class A-2 Notes................        Aaa                       AAA                    AAA
Class A-3 Notes................        Aaa                       AAA                    AAA
Class A-4 Notes................        Aaa                       AAA                    AAA
Class B Notes..................        Aa3                        AA                    AA
Class C Notes..................         A1                        A                      A
</TABLE>

    The rating will reflect only the views of the rating agencies and will be
based primarily on the subordination of some classes of notes to other classes
of notes as described in this prospectus, as well as the value and
creditworthiness of the contracts and equipment. The ratings are not a
recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the notes, since the ratings do not
comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor. Each rating
may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating
agency. There is no assurance that any rating will continue for any period of
time or that it will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the rating agency
if, in its judgment, circumstances so warrant. A revision or withdrawal of the
rating may have an adverse affect on the market price of the notes. The rating
of the notes addresses the likelihood of the timely payment of interest and the
ultimate payment of principal on the notes as required by their terms. The
rating does not address the rate of prepayments that may be experienced on the
contracts and, therefore, does not address the effect of the rate of prepayments
on the return of principal to you.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

    Winston & Strawn, Chicago, Illinois will provide a legal opinion relating to
the notes in its capacity as special counsel to the trust, the trust depositor,
the originators, the servicer and the administrator. Other legal matters for the
underwriters will be passed upon by Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft.

                                    EXPERTS

    The balance sheet and footnote of Heller Equipment Asset Receivables Trust
1999-2 as of December 1, 1999 included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the
registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
public accountants, as indicated in their report on page 110 and are included in
this prospectus in reliance upon the authority of Arthur Andersen LLP as experts
in giving said reports.

                                      109
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To Heller Equipment Asset Receivables Trust 1999-2:

    We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Heller Equipment Asset
Receivables Trust 1999-2 (a Delaware corporation) as of inception, December 1,
1999. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial
statement based on our audit.

    We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Heller Equipment Asset Receivables
Trust 1999-2 as of inception, December 1, 1999, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

                                          /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP

Chicago, Illinois

December 3, 1999

                                      110
<PAGE>
                HELLER EQUIPMENT ASSET RECEIVABLES TRUST 1999-2
                      BALANCE SHEET AS OF DECEMBER 1, 1999

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Assets--Cash................................................     $0
Beneficial Equity...........................................     $0
Liabilities.................................................     $0
</TABLE>

                           NOTES TO THE BALANCE SHEET

    Heller Equipment Asset Receivables Trust 1999-2 (the "Trust") is limited
purpose business trust established under the laws of the State of Delaware and
was formed on December 1, 1999 by Heller Funding Corporation (the "Trust
Depositor"), and Wilmington Trust Company (the "Owner Trustee") pursuant to the
Trust Agreement dated as of December 1, 1999 between the Trust Depositor and the
Owner Trustee. The activities of the Trust are limited by the terms of the Trust
Agreement to acquiring, owning and managing lease and loan contracts and related
assets, issuing and making payments on notes and subordinate securities and
other activities related thereto. Prior to and including December 1, 1999, the
Trust did not conduct any activities.

    The Trust Depositor will pay all fees and expenses related to the
organization and operations of the Trust (including any taxes, duties,
assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature (other than withholding
taxes) imposed by the United States or any other domestic taxing authority upon
the Trust). The Trust Depositor has also agreed to indemnify the Trustees and
certain other persons.

                                      111
<PAGE>
                                 INDEX OF TERMS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                           <C>
Additional Principal........................................     71
Class A Percentage..........................................     72
Class A Principal Payment Amount............................     72
Class A Target Investor Principal Amount....................     72
Class B Floor...............................................     72
Class B Percentage..........................................     72
Class B Principal Payment Amount............................     72
Class B Target Investor Principal Amount....................     72
Class C Floor...............................................     73
Class C Percentage..........................................     73
Class C Principal Payment Amount............................     73
Class C Target Investor Principal Amount....................     73
Class D Floor...............................................     73
Class D Percentage..........................................     73
Class D Principal Payment Amount............................     73
Class D Target Investor Principal Amount....................     74
Class E Floor...............................................     74
Class E Percentage..........................................     74
Class E Principal Payment Amount............................     74
Class E Target Investor Principal Amount....................     74
Cumulative Loss Amount......................................     74
Excess Contract.............................................     93
Excluded Amounts............................................     67
Overcollaterization Balance.................................     74
Required Holders............................................     79
Required Reserve Amount.....................................     75
</TABLE>

                                      112
<PAGE>
    UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS, ALL DEALERS EFFECTING
TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.

                                  $352,763,593

                HELLER EQUIPMENT ASSET RECEIVABLES TRUST 1999-2
     $93,400,101 6.12905% CLASS A-1 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1999-2
     $77,498,323 6.50000% CLASS A-2 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1999-2
     $105,463,520 6.65000% CLASS A-3 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1999-2
     $67,262,695 6.79000% CLASS A-4 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1999-2
       $4,569,477 6.88000% CLASS B RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1999-2
       $4,569,477 7.02000% CLASS C RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1999-2

                          HELLER FUNDING CORPORATION,
                                trust depositor
                            HELLER FINANCIAL, INC.,
                                    servicer

                             ---------------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                             ---------------------

                          FIRST UNION SECURITIES, INC.
                           CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
                           MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission